#threesomes are never it man this has happened w both pairs

[virgoes]

all i think about lately is metaphysics and infinity

[froggibus]

The Death of Peace of Mind - Stu Macher! Ghostface

Pairing: Stu Macher! Ghostface x f! reader (reader uses female/she/her pronouns + has a pussy), Billy Loomis! Ghostface x f! reader (at the end), Billy Loomis x Stu Macher

Genre: smut/NSFW

Word Count: 2k

Summary: after finding out your boyfriend is the masked killer who’s been plaguing Woodsboro, you only have one request—you want him to take out his darkest urges on you

CW: Dark content ahead!!! dubcon, knife play, blood play, bondage (use of handcuffs and blindfolds), Stu cuts reader, bloodloss, oral (f! receiving), unprotected sex (yk what im gonna say), creampie, Stu chases you with a knife, exhibitionism/voyeurism, mentions of a threesome, overstimulation, multiple orgasms

incredibly self indulgent fic of my favorite Ghostface & the idea of being railed by him <3 this is a bit darker than what I normally write lol, also very tempted to write about getting railed by both Billy & Stu now

update ish? self indulgent part 2 w both Stu and Billy here

————

The minute the phone rings, the blood rushes to your ears. The entire town of Woodsboro had been warned against answering calls from unknown numbers after what happened to Casey and Steve. You weren’t worried, though. 

Why fear the boogeyman when the boogeyman is the only person who makes you feel safe?

Stu always insisted on never letting you see the darker parts of him, on never sharing the weirder things he was interested in. He wanted to protect you from himself and the fucked up things he wanted to do to you. That all changed this morning when you stopped by his house to make sure he was awake in time for school, and saw the Ghostface mask in his closet. 

You had grabbed it and tossed it at him, forcing him to explain himself. 

The boy had stuttered over his words before he finally confessed: he was the one who had been killing people all around Woodsboro. Even more surprising than that was that he had a partner. Everyone, even the police, had only suspected one person was doing it. 

He mumbled countless apologies, begging you not to leave him and begging you not to tell anybody or else ‘he’ would be mad. In all of his grovelling, though, he never mentioned who his partner was. 

You cut him off. “Is this the dark stuff you didn’t want me to know about?”

He nodded slowly, tips of his ears burning red. 

“Stu, I’m not going to tell anyone,” his head snaps up at your words, eyes lighting up. “But I have one condition.”

“Anything.”

You take a deep breath, biting your lip. “I want you to lose control. Do whatever you want to me, just let go. Don’t worry about whether I like it or not…just, show me those parts of you.”

“Y/n…”

“I mean it, Stu. Please?”

He’s reluctant to give in. He knows he would never hurt you, at least not severely, but the thought of showing you who he really is and what he wants to do makes him shiver. He doesn’t want you to stop looking at him like you do now. 

Still, he gives in. He tells you to go home and relax, and maybe stock up on first aid supplies.

The thought of what he’s going to do to you fills you with excitement. 

And now you’re sitting next to the ringing phone, knowing when you answer it that things will never be the same. 

You press the phone to the side of your face, the cold buttons raising goosebumps on your skin. “Hello?”

“Hello, y/n.” The voice on the other end is deep and raspy, so masculine it has you clenching your thighs together. 

“Who is this?”

Stu can’t help but smirk on the other end of the line. You’re playing the part of the innocent, dumb victim perfectly, and he’d be lying if he said it didn’t turn him on. God, the things he wants to do to you. 

“You tell me your name, I’ll tell you mine,” he responds. 

“I don’t think so.”

You lay down on your back on the couch, playing with your hair, with the collar of your shirt, anything to keep you focused on the man talking in your ear. 

“Come on,” he almost growls, “why don’t you tell me your name?”

You can’t help but giggle at the frustration in his voice. “Why do you want to know?”

“Because I want to know who I’m looking at.”

You suck in a breath. Smooth, you think. If you were anyone else, if you actually thought there was a chance he would kill you, his words would make you freeze. But tonight, all they did was make you shiver in anticipation. 

You can feel your underwear soaking through with your arousal, your whole body warming. “L-looking at?”

Stu almost laughs at the way you nervously stutter. You sound so cute, so innocent…he really can’t wait to ruin you. He stifles his laughter from inside the closet. 

“You heard me,” he says. “Don’t you want to know where I’m hiding?”

“You’re…you’re inside?” 

A wave of fear washes over you. How had he gotten inside without you noticing? Is this how he had gotten to Casey, too? You hate how much it turns you on to think that he’s been here the whole time. 

“Take a guess, come find me.”

Stu watches through the crack in the door as you stand from the couch with that puzzled look on your face. You spin around, the phone still pressed to your ear. 

“What happens if I find you?”

Stu stays silent for a minute, watching you look around the living room to find him. Just as you get to the closet, your palm resting on the handle, he responds. 

“I get to see what your insides look like.”

He pushes the closet door open and shoves you against the wall. You squeak, letting the phone clatter to the ground. Stu grabs your wrists in one of his hands and pins them above your head. 

His other hand reaches for the knife in his waistband, holding up at eye level so you can see it. Your heart speeds up, your arms shake, your knees threaten to buckle. 

He presses the knife at the centre of your collarbone, just above where your t-shirt begins. You can feel the sharp tip press into your skin, just enough to cause a bead of blood to roll down your chest. 

“The things I’m going to do to you,” he breathes. 

You almost call his name, but you know he’s not your boyfriend right now. You know he needs to let go, and part of that is to let go of himself, too. 

He drags the knife down, cutting into the fabric of your t-shirt. He applies just enough pressure to easily slide the fabric, but not enough to actually hurt you. Still, you can feel the cool metal on your bare skin and it causes you to whimper. 

Stu groans. You’re being so good for him, standing so still and just letting him do what he needs to do. He digs the knife into the soft fabric of your shorts, taking his time in slicing them down the middle. 

Both pieces of fabric fall to the floor, leaving you in just your underwear in front of him. “I-I—” you’re not sure what you’re trying to say, but the words won’t come out regardless. 

“I-I-I,” he mocks, holding the blade against your throat. “I’m gonna fucking ruin you.”

You whimper and kick against him, your knee grinding against the bulge in his robe. He drags the knife just above your collarbone. He presses in hard, hard enough to draw blood. 

The warm blood leaks down your chest, dripping down your stomach and your underwear. The slight sting makes you whine even more and rub your thighs together. 

He releases your hands. “Run,” he whispers. 

You don’t waste a second in obeying him. As soon as your feet are on the ground, you’re tearing away from him. You can hear him walking at a leisurely pace behind you, laughing mockingly. Something about him chasing you, cutting you…it’s overwhelming, it makes your head fuzzy with pleasure. 

You run up the stairs, turning away as soon as your feet meet the plush carpet of the landing. You turn around, only to see that he’s gone. You suck in a breath. Where could he have gone?

Arms wrap around your waist, a knife pressed into your side. “Got you.”

You squeal, kicking against him. He’s much stronger than you, though. He pushes you against the wall, using it as leverage to lift you up. 

You wrap your legs around his waist and let him carry you to your bedroom. He tosses you onto the bed, slamming the door behind him. You squirm, your sheets staining with the blood that dripped down your body while you ran. 

You look up at him with those damned eyes, blinking slowly. His robe is stained with your blood, the knife in his hand slick with the red. 

He crawls on top of you, yanking your underwear off and tossing them into the corner of the room. Your pussy is soaked as it is, but your blood has started to run into the juices, and the smell is fucking intoxicating. 

He moves his face between your legs, the white mask looking up at you. You whimper and roll your hips against his face, staining the white with your red. 

He tears off a strip of fabric from his robe and ties it around your eyes. “No looking,” he orders. 

He tilts the mask up just enough so that his mouth and nose are out before licking up the blood from your thighs. You taste just as good as you smell, and it only makes him want more. He flicks his tongue across your opening and you whine, bucking your hips against his face. 

He goes to work licking and sucking at your clit. He’s drunk from the taste of you, and all he wants is more. He presses the knife against your thigh, digging it in hard enough to draw blood. The pain in your thigh mixed with the pleasure in your core has you crying out, forcing you over the edge. 

You finish hard, your slick coating his mouth and nose. He doesn’t stop, though. He keeps eating you out like you’re his last meal. 

“P-please,” you whine. 

“Please what?”

“Stretch me out, ruin me, just…please?”

Your breathless begging is so fucking cute that he can’t hold back anymore. He pulls the mask over his face again, laying on top of you. He pulls out a pair of plain metal handcuffs, and gets to work securing them around your wrists. He does it tightly enough that it digs into the skin and makes it impossible to escape, but not tight enough to be painful. 

You struggle against the restraints, unable to see or feel him now. He shuffles against you awkwardly, pulling his cock out of his pants. He’s already rock hard, the tip coated in precum. 

He lines up the head at your entrance and shoves his way inside. He’s so perfectly sized, always stretching you out perfectly. You whine, instinctively going to reach out for him before remembering the restraints on your wrists. 

His thrusts are desperate and needy. All he wants, all he needs, is to bury himself inside of you. To fuck you like he needs to and absolutely ruin you. 

“F-fuck,” you stutter out, forcing your hips against his to meet his thrusts. 

His hands grip your waist tightly, his mouth hovering over your pulse point. He licks up the remaining blood from the cut on your collarbone, and the copper taste on his tongue only drives him to fuck you harder. 

The way you're so wet for him, just from him cutting and fucking you. Hovering above you, fucking you like it's the last time, he's never felt more content. It's like the darkest parts in you pacify the darkest parts in him, and that's all he's ever needed.

You can feel yourself getting close, your muscles contracting with every deep thrust. You feel slightly lightheaded, but you’re not sure if it’s from your last orgasm or the blood loss. 

Stu holds you closer, his body collapsing onto yours as his thrusts get sloppier. You know he won’t last much longer, either. 

You squirm, bucking your hips to try and get him as deep as possible. He hits that sweet spot one more time and you come undone, your muscles spasming around him. Your pussy clenches around his cock and that’s all he needs to spill hot cum deep inside of you. 

Your head rolls back, your body going limp. Stu pulls out, kneeling on top of you. “Think you can go another round?”

“C-can you?” You breathe heavily. 

He reaches his hands around the back of your head to remove the blindfold. It takes a minute for your eyes to focus, fixating on the masked man above you. 

“Not me,” he grabs your jaw in his hand and turns your head to the corner, where a man in an identical costume stands. “Him.”

“Him?”

The masked man steps forwards, slowly pulling the mask from his face. Billy Loomis is smiling at you like the devil, “hello, y/n.”

He pulls the mask back on, coming to rest on the bed next to Stu. Both of the Ghostface killers have their eyes fixated on your bound, writhing form on the bed. 

“I think she can do one more,” Stu says. 

“I think so too. I think she could take both of us.”

“B-both of you?” 

Neither boy acknowledges you, too busy talking as if you’re not laying right in front of them. God, they’re going to be the death of you. 

[yoonia]

Sweet Temptations [M] | kth, jjk

❥ Title | Sweet Temptations

❥ Pairings | Taehyung x reader x Jungkook

⤑ Genre | Brothel/Sex club!au, Escort/sex worker|Taehyung, Escort/sex worker|Jungkook

⤑ Summary | As an avid supporter of anti-Valentine’s day, you’ve decided that perhaps paying a visit to your regular dom at House Of Lust would be the best way to ignore the festivities happening around you. Except that your favourite lover boy is in the mood to celebrate, and he has the perfect gift prepared for you to unravel.

Or,

“Why don’t you unwrap your gift so you can enjoy him?”

⤑ Ratings & Warnings | +18 / M for Mature; PWP (?), dom!Taehyung, switch!reader, switch!Jungkook, reader being a bit of a brat, stripping, hand job, cock-warming, oral sex (both female and male receiving), deep-throating, manhandling (sort of?), finger sucking, face fucking, face riding, Jungkook waking her up with oral sex, face slapping (but with a cock), punishment, spanking, pussy slapping, flogging, vaginal and anal fingering, dirty talk, name calling, degradation, humiliation, restraint/light bondage, big cock!Taehyung, big cock!Jungkook, dick piercing and tattoos on Jungkook (obviously), hair pulling, edging, spitting, biting, crying (briefly implied), cum swallowing/eating, creampie, threesome (MMF), begging, edging, spit-roasting, double penetration, anal play, anal sex, first time sex (anal), sex toy/butt plug, rough sex, unprotected sex, overstimulation, praise/praise kink, clit play, breast play/breast worship, choking, multiple orgasms, forced orgasm, orgasm control, orgasm denial, mutual masturbation, cum play, cum shots, aftercare, shower sex.

⤑ Estimated word count | 20k words

⤑ Song companions | Temptations - Daniel Di Angelo // Church - Chase Atlantic // We Good - Jutes

Part of the House of Lust Valentine’s Day Collab

“Welcome. I’ve been expecting you.”

There is something in his deep voice that stirs the insides of your chest. It may not be anything close to romance, but enough to bring you back here to search for him on moments like this one. It has started to feel more like a craving, more than a simple need to fulfil your desire for some good loving. One that he feeds so well that you had never even bothered trying to find any sort of replacement anywhere else whenever you need to fulfil your needs for carnal pleasure.

At least, that was what had drawn you to this place. The real reason why you had come marching into House Of Lust while the world outside is in high spirits of celebrating the universally formed idea of love.

Personally, you had never once felt the need to celebrate love. Not with exchanging boxes of chocolates and gifts and being surrounded by adornments painted in various shades of red and pink. The same cannot be said when it comes to lust. You have your own priorities when it comes to it, and you have more interest in listening to your carnal needs, fulfilling it as a way for you to love yourself.

And you have just the right person to help you make it happen.

Right now, that said person is standing right before your eyes, already making you swoon simply by existing and looking so marvellously handsome that you almost feel like you are dreaming. The man himself, however, seems to hold a sense of control even if he is just standing there. He always does have an air of self-assurance and pride with him, the kind which had attracted you to him the first place. He is a walking temptation, and you can feel just how much he realises this and how he is using this to his own advantage as he remains standing there while running his gaze down your body.

As he waits for your response, Taehyung leans back against the doorway of his suite, the place that you had visited and spent the night in many times before, keeping his arms crossed over his chest. His eyes are looking at you with his sultry gaze, one that would often make your knees buckle before he slips into his role and starts to take control.

“Good evening to you too, Taehyung. How did you even know that I was coming here tonight?” you coyly ask him with your hands on your hips, drawing his low chuckle when he sees you trying to act feisty on him. Defying him like a little brat. Taehyung only smiles, knowing that you can only act like this while you are outside of his suite. The moment you step foot through this door, however—

“Of course, I should know. I mean, it is a special day, isn’t it?” he says, slowly making his way to you. You take this moment to take a good look at him, noticing the way his hair has fallen to a messy curl, framing his perfectly sculpted face, and how his white shirt has been left unbuttoned all the way down to his torso, revealing the sight of his bare chest, while the hem lays partly hanging out of his tight black pants. There must have been some kind of an event today at the brothel for him to dress this way. And yet here he is, opening his door to you instead of spending the day with some other client who might have had their eyes on him.

Perhaps you are not too different from one another, after all.

Admiring his looks only distracts you from his hands as he reaches out to you until he is gripping on your hips, not so gently pulling you to him. It draws a gasp from you, though you stifle the sound when you ask, “And what day would that be?”

“It’s Valentine’s Day,” he says almost too cheerfully as he looks at you with a wide grin on his face.

“And?” you answer him with a scoff, since he definitely knows that you had never really cared about it before. “You know that I’m not interested in joining all the festivities, or whatever it is that people do at times like this.”

“Oh, I know. I knew you wouldn’t be out there shopping gifts or having a romantic dinner with some sore loser,” he says, and he lowers his head to you, whispering to you in his deep voice. “I knew that you would be here, and that you’d choose to spend your night in the brothel instead of going on some boring date, because you will always choose me.”

Your back grows stiff, both from having him so close and from the sudden rush of warmth running through your skin when you can feel his lips ghosting at the nape of your neck. But you keep your voice steady when you ask, “How could you have been so sure about that? I could’ve decided that I wanted something different.”

With his lips hovering on your earlobe, Taehyung let you feel the gentle brush of his kiss, and your body instantly shudders against him. “Because I know that I am the only one who can give you everything that you need,” he says with a deep, rough voice that sends tingles reaching all the way down and pooling between your legs. “Isn’t that right, kitten?”

At the sound of your small gasp, Taehyung steps back to take a good look at your reaction without letting you go. He enjoys making you flustered, to have you breathing heavily the way you are now even when he is barely touching you. Not in any indecent way, at least.

You look up to him, already lost in a daze from his subtle coaxing. If it had been any other man, you would have smacked him to wipe that cocky smile off his face. Instead of feeling a sense of defiance, his smug smile and deep taunting voice only stir the flame inside you, rousing your carnal desire which had been kept dormant for the entire time you were not here to see him. It always has been so easy for him to make it happen, to make your body grow hot as he awakens the darkest part of you which can be only be tamed by his touch.

You suck a deep breath when you realise that he was right, after all. Because there is only one reason why you had walked into this brothel tonight to look for him. And the only reason is him, and for knowing that you would never find what you were looking for and what you had needed the most anywhere else.

Taehyung studies your face for a moment and gently tips your chin up with the tip of his fingers. “I know that I was right. I know that you need me. Why did you think I emptied my appointments today? I told them to immediately cancel any upcoming request for the night, and that if they should ever see your name and phone number appearing in the system to book the night, then you would be sent straight here to me and not anyone else.”

A sense of pride comes blooming in your chest to know that he had gone through the length to make sure that you would be able to spend the night with him. But before it can grow any further, you squash the joy and the hope that has often grown inside you when you think about him, reminding you that this is merely his job, to offer you the other side of the world that you wouldn’t be able to get anywhere else, and to make your wildest fantasy come true.

“That’s awfully sneaky of you,” you put an act to tease him, playing along as you run your fingers down his bare chest which keeps peeking through the unbuttoned shirt of his. “And exceptionally greedy. What if I had wanted to have some fun with another man tonight? What if there was some damsel in distress that might have needed your assistance in getting their heads blown away with your service?”

Taehyung’s eyes grow darker, though you cannot tell whether it comes from lust, or if he simply hates the thought of you ending up in someone else’s bed tonight. Someone that he might know, if you had been searching for some other companion in this very same place. “No, I just know how to play smart,” he says to you with a forced smile, still feigning coy. He brushes his fingers down your cheek, moving gently as he grazes your skin, before he moves his hand to the back of your head and takes one tight grip of your hair and pulls. “Do you think you can find someone else here that knows how to tick all of your needs, kitten?” he whispers closely with his lips brushing on your earlobe, while your body shudders intensely in his arm.

“No,” you nearly choke on your word when your head is already spinning from being forced to submit. Not that you would ever fight against it, when it only turns you on when he takes control like this. With a sigh, you try your best not to fall slump against him when your legs are growing weak. Instead, you raise your chin further to whisper to him, “You’re the only one who knows how to make me feel good.”

Taehyung nips at your ear and pulls your hair harder. “Is that so? And is that how you are supposed to address me, kitten?”

You blink your ears rapidly as tears begin to form from the strain he is giving you as he pulls your hair back harder. Your voice shakes a little when you respond to him with, “Yes. I’m sorry, Sir.”

Pleased to hear your answer, Taehyung pulls away with a genuine smile and releases his hold on your hair, allowing you to breathe easier even if you can still feel your head throbbing from the pain. “Good girl,” he says while smoothing down your hair, before taking your hand in his. “Now, come inside with me. The night isn’t getting any younger. I have already made plans for both of us to celebrate this special day and make sure the night would worth every second of your trip to see me.”

Taehyung keeps a gentle hand on the small of your back as he guides you into his suite. While most of the escorts in this establishment had been provided with their own personal spaces, with their own private chambers and bedrooms to use which would give them the privacy that they would ever need to give the proper service for their clients, Taehyung has been provided with something even more luxurious. To have his own space to support his high ranked service as one of the exclusive escorts in the brothel.

Stepping through the door gives you a sense of chill, as you are constantly reminded of everything that you have shared with him in this room. His suite is a lot more spacious compared to the other escorts’ personal space, with a small lounge provided for him to welcome his clients, his own en-suite bathroom which holds a massive bathtub and a luxurious set of showers that you have utilised many times before, and the master bedroom waiting at the other side of the room.

Taehyung stops at the door, closing it behind you before turning you around to face him. He runs his gaze down your body, once again taking in your looks and enjoying what he sees—the tight mini dress that falls on your upper thighs which doesn’t hide much from his eyes, both from the hem that barely covers your ass and its deep cleavage that gives him a peek of the top mounds of your breasts, and a pair of heels that barely do anything to help you match his height.

“Take everything off,” Taehyung commands you with a firm tone of voice, already falling into his role. With your eyes on him, you reach to the side of your dress and begin to slowly slide the zipper on your dress down, slipping it down your body soon after until you are left standing there with your lacy bra that leaves nothing to his imagination with how much its thin cups are showing him and a pair of thong which is barely enough to cover your mounds. You reach back, ready to unclasp your bra when Taehyung stops you. “Stop. Leave them on.”

“Yes, Sir,” you answer him softly as you lower your arms to your side. Taehyung offers his hand for you to take as he helps you step out of your painful heels. Without them, your bare foot sinks into the carpet beneath you, and it makes you slightly vulnerable as you are standing there with barely anything on.

The air seems to spark with tension when Taehyung runs his gaze down your body, taking in everything with his eyes filled with lust, taking his time with it as if he is trying to memorise everything. “Beautiful,” he says, looking pleased with what he is seeing. He runs a gentle hand down the side of your bare skin, then slides his hand onto the small of your back as he slowly guides you towards his bedroom. “Come. I have a little surprise gift for you in the bedroom.”

“What is it?” you ask him while swallowing as his touch makes you tremble a little. But Taehyung only answers you with, “You’ll see soon enough. Just follow me,” as he opens the door to his bedroom. The moment you look inside, your breath gets caught in your throat and your heartbeat begins to race.

Right there, sitting on the high-back chair that he has set up facing towards the bed is a handsome man that you have known as Jungkook, another high-class escort who is also one of the most sought after by the clients of House Of Lust. Pretty much like Taehyung is. Though you have only known him from the escort list which the brothel had sent you the very same night you became a regular member as you had never once found the chance to book a night with him.

Jungkook sits leisurely on the chair with his legs spread wide, as if he owns the place. He is wearing nothing more but a pair of tight pants, much similar to the one Taehyung is now wearing, accentuating his tone thighs even more that they immediately catch your eyes the moment you run your gaze on him. Unlike Taehyung, he keeps his chest completely bare, showing off his chiselled abs and the marvellously done ink works marking his arms and half of his chest. His hair looks slightly damp and is left falling to his face, which only makes his eyes seem darker as he lifts them to look at you. The smile he is giving you is nothing sort of sweet or tender, but oddly comforting at the same time, as you had never once been in the same room with him before and it might have felt awkward if he had not been so welcoming when you enter his space.

Stepping behind you, Taehyung rests his hands on your shoulders and leans in to whisper, “You mentioned to me once that Jungkook had caught your eyes. That’s why I thought that he would be the perfect present for you.”

You eyes grow wide as you remember that you had once talked about it with him in a fleeting moment. It was many nights ago when you spent the night in Taehyung’s comfort, recalling the moment passed not too long before when you walked past Jungkook in your arrival to Taehyung’s fancy suite and said those exact words, asking him what kind of man Jungkook was and how intriguing he had seemed in your eyes. “How thoughtful of you, Sir,” you find yourself whispering with a sigh as you continue to rake your gaze down Jungkook’s body, suddenly feeling the urge to touch his skin.

“Go to him,” Taehyung gently commands you, and you obediently follow with light steps until you are standing right in front of the other man. You can see how Jungkook’s eyes grow dark and sharp the closer you have gotten to him, while the sparks of tension vibrating around you seem to thicken, engulfing you in such a way that you nearly jump when Taehyung returns to stand behind you. “Are you ready to play, kitten?”

Licking your lips, you give in to the burning need inside you. “Yes, Sir,” you answer with a whisper, and Taehyung immediately steps back, leaving you standing there, swaying as your legs are growing weak with the increasing tension.

You can feel Taehyung watching you for a moment from somewhere behind you, then he returns with a kiss on your bare shoulder and gently pushes you forward until you are between Jungkook’s spread legs. "Kneel," Taehyung commands you as he presses his lips on your earlobe, and your body reacts to his voice that you quickly obey, lowering yourself until your bare knees are planted on the carpeted floor, right in front of Jungkook’s covered crotch. “Why don’t you unwrap your gift so you can enjoy him?”

Looking up, you find Jungkook watching you with lustful eyes. Anticipation is written on his face which quickly turns to amusement when you raise your hand and run them up his thighs. Your fingers are trembling as you trace the toned muscles hidden under his pants, and yet you keep them steady and continue going upward, until you are tugging on his waistband and start pulling off his button and zipper to strip him down. As you start to pull, Jungkook lifts his hips slightly to help you, allowing you to pull his tight pants down his legs.

His beauty is revealed the more you have his skin uncovered, when his thighs flex under your hands as you are peeling his pants off of him. But what catches your eyes the most is the sight of his cock, as it had immediately sprung free the moment you had his pants tugged down. As the semi-erect cock falls onto his stomach, it gives you a chance to take a good look and admire it from up close. Even in its current state, his cock shows a proper size and length. It has your mouth watering and your hands itching to touch, while your whole body seems to pulse as you begin to imagine having the veiny flesh being buried inside you. You rake your gaze from the base to its head, tracing every inch, every grit and veins, silently admiring its beauty, and your eyes stop at the sight of the silver piercing glowing on its head, one blunt metal button popping from one side while its blunt end appears on the other side. You shift a little when your pussy pulses at the image of having those metals rubbing against your pussy walls. You have never been with anyone with a dick piercing before, and you suddenly feel eager to know what it would be like to have him pounding into your pussy and using the metal jewellery to his advantage.

“Jungkook, would you let _____ touch your cock?” Taehyung playfully asks him. His voice sounds distant as it comes from behind you while you are lost in thoughts, though you can still feel his gentle hand stroking your hair.

“Yeah, of course,” Jungkook answers, speaking for the first time since you came into the room. He keeps his eyes on you, smiling when he gently addresses you with, “Go on. You can touch it if you’d like.”

Neither of them has to tell you twice, as you are already moving to wrap your palm around his girth. His cock feels heavy in your grip, velvety skin rubbing on your palm in the most delightful way as you slowly begin to stroke up and down its length. You keep your eyes on it, watching how it slowly grows rigid in your touch, while the metal piercing twitches a little as the bulbous head seems to swell right before your eyes.

“Stroke his cock slowly and make him grow hard, then take him deep into your mouth,” Taehyung gently instructs you through it, spurring you on and helping you grow bolder that you start stroking harder until you feel it growing stiff against your palm. “Good girl,” Taehyung whispers as he notices how entranced you seem to be. “Now, show him what a good cock sucking whore you are.”

Drown in your daze, you look up at Jungkook and lean forward, moving closer to his cock, and his eyes are on you when you kiss the head of his erection. Your hand continues to move up and down his length, and you tease him further by giving him a quick swab of your tongue across the head of his cock, lapping in circles before playing with his piercing and then pulling back to watch his reaction. You feel his cock twitching at the touch, while Jungkook closes his eyes, revelling in the exhilaration that he feels from your teasing.

Eager to taste him again, you open your mouth and tentatively take the head of his cock between your lips. The familiar sense of having a cock in your mouth is slowly beginning to get over your head, and you slowly begin to suck, pressing your lips around the mushroom head as you move back and forth with your tongue lapping on the slit and rolling his piercings between each lick. And then you slowly move further down his shaft, taking in inch by inch of his length into your mouth. Even when you haven’t given him more, you can tell that it has affected him enough when an involuntary groan slips out of him and you see his head falling back as he revels in the sensation. You continue on, and you have just about five inches of his length taken in your mouth when you begin to slow down.

“Is that all you can give him, kitten? Why are you being so shy? Aren’t you addicted to sucking cock? You’ve always been so eager to suck my cock, I thought you would enjoy your little gift,” Taehyung continues whispering to you when he notices how much you are holding yourself back. “Don’t you love it when you’re being used to suck cocks, kitten? So why don’t you let him fuck that filthy mouth of yours? I know you’re getting hot just by thinking about him fucking your mouth with that cock, so why won’t you take him deeper, suck him until he shoots his cum down your throat?”

The sound of your gasp is muffled as you have Jungkook’s cock snugged nicely between your lips, but Taehyung’s words give you a surprising reaction to your body that you pull back, releasing Jungkook with a soft pop. ”I—I don’t know,” you answer him without looking away from the stiff cock in front of you, its head has grown darker with the blood pooling right where you have been sucking him on, while the veins along its length seem to pulse and twitch, as if calling you to return to it. You cannot deny everything that Taehyung had said to you. Inside, you feel the shame of how badly you want it to happen and how badly you want Jungkook to pound his cock into your throat. But you remember how your lips had felt strained just by taking a few inches down his length, unable to even reach half of his sizeable mast, and you suddenly feel worried about taking him all in. You bite your lips when you imagine that cock inside you—in your mouth, in your pussy, or maybe you can stroke him and lick along its length until he releases his cum all over your skin. Your body grows hot just by thinking about it, and you shift on the floor with a whisper, ”He’s too big—”

Both men start to chuckle at your words. “Well, that wasn’t a no,” Taehyung counters, looking down at you kneeling in front of him while still facing Jungkook, as if you are too mesmerised to remember that he is still there, coaxing you along. Seeing this, he nips at your earlobe and harshly whispers, "Let me rephrase it to you if I didn’t make it clear for you. Open your slutty little mouth and suck the cock that you’ve worked to get hard. If you make a mess then you’re going to clean it up with your mouth and tongue, got it?”

A trembling sigh comes out of you while your pussy clenches at his words. You are still questioning yourself, wondering how you had ended up with this turn of events while still feeling amazed at what Taehyung is offering you. And yet you are slowly giving in to the wanton needs that have been growing strongly inside you. This was what you had been searching for, after all. The chance for you to be able to cross the line and venture into the wonders that you would never try to delve into in real life and with anyone else but Taehyung. Reminding yourself that you can trust Taehyung, as he had taken the responsibility to be your master, your guardian, your dom, you let go any doubt or misgivings that you still have in you, reminding yourself that you have the control to stop things whenever you want to.

With this in mind, you lean forward, inhaling the heady scent of the cock in your hand which makes your mouth water. It is exactly just how Taehyung had described it, when your body lights up the moment you take Jungkook’s shaft back into your mouth. This time, you don’t even hold back, as you release your hold on the base and continue to move your head back and forth, taking him an inch further at a time as you come down his length. You continue to work your tongue around his girth and the head of his cock while doing so, adding more sensation to each hungry suck you give on his cock until his breath goes unsteady and his smugness fades into lust.

Once you have him halfway inside your mouth, you reach up to wrap your hand around the base of his length once again, ready to stroke him to help make him cum faster. But just before you have the chance to touch him, Taehyung stops you with his sharp command, “No, you little slut. Only use your mouth and take him deeper. Put your hands to your back and hold your wrists together.”

Already too deep in your blissful fog, you feel like you are experiencing an out-of-body moment, where your body simply moves on its own. Your hands come together on your back, fingers wrapping on your wrists in a tight grip to hold your hands together. A gentle stroke comes down your hair, a gesture that Taehyung gives as he gently praises you with, “That’s it. Good girl.”

A little jolt of pleasure goes through your body as he says the words to praise your obedience, making you greedy for more that you easily comply with his commands. You continue to move and sink your mouth further down, reaching to the base of Jungkook’s cock as you relax your jaw and throat to take him deeper. Taehyung’s hand remains on the back of your head, as he gently pushes your head down, forcing you to continue to take more. Once again, you silently admit that Taehyung has always been right. You love giving head, but you also love being told what to do even more, as each of his gentle pushes draws heat to rise in your body, making you feel more eager to do as he pleases.

Looking up as far as you can, you struggle to maintain eye contact with Jungkook as you start to glide slowly up and down his gorgeous cock with more ease. The muscles on your mouth and jaw have grown adjusted to his width and size, while the length of his cock has grown slick with your saliva, helping you as you carry on moving your mouth up and down from the base to head. You keep repeating this while never once looking away from his pretty face. You swallow him more when you slide back down, sucking him between your cheeks as you let the head of his cock slide into your throat. The effect seems immediate, as Jungkook already has his eyes on you, watching his cock slipping into your mouth with a pair of hazy eyes. His breathing grows faster and shallower and his body shudders the moment he starts moving his own hips, pushing his cock deep into your throat while matching your pace.

“Fuck, you’re so good at this. Taehyung already told me what a little cock sucking slut you are,” he moans in a voice that comes out barely above a whisper. His voice is soft, though it also sounds hot when he is talking to you while being completely breathless and his voice is raspy with need.

Then the dark and hungry gaze he is giving you only accentuates the mutual feeling of need which you are feeling from him when he adds, “I didn’t believe it at first, thought that he was exaggerating things.”

Jungkook stops talking as he bucks his hips, thrusting his cock harder and making you gag. Though you manage to hold it down and continue to suck him instead of releasing his cock in your state of shock, while he continues to speak with all the filthy things that make you feel hot and bothered and craving for more. “But he was definitely not selling you short on this. Well, maybe just a little,” he says, chuckling softly, sounding all too sweet as he continues to speak while thrusting his cock down your throat. “Because you really are just a horny little cocksucker, aren't you? I see you pressing your legs together and shaking your hips on the floor. It’s turning you on, isn’t it, to have some random stranger pushing his cock into your mouth?” he continues coaxing you, grunting with each word he says as he thrusts and thrusts, pushing the head of his cock into your throat without taking a break even as your jaw and mouth have grown sore. But the soreness you feel becomes the last thing occupying your mind, when your senses are filled with the heady scent of his arousal and your body is reacting just exactly how he is describing it. “I bet it does. You’re probably dripping wet from me fucking your mouth, and you’ll probably come when I fill up your mouth with my cum and make you swallow every drop.”

You shift a little on the floor as you give him a tentative nod, feeling the wetness slowly growing between your legs from being talked down on while having your mouth filled with a cock but refusing to let it distract you from sucking his length. His taunting brings shame down your body, knowing just how right he was about everything. And yet it only sparks you further, as you enjoy being humiliated with his words and his cock punishing you in your throat. As you revel in the mixed feeling of shame and lust, you press your tongue along the underside of his cock as you slide your mouth up his length. Without stopping, you flick your tongue across the slit on his swollen head and then round his piercings before sliding your way back down, using your cheeks to suck him and brushing your tongue down his length until he hits the depth of your throat. The need to send him to his climax and have him shooting his cum down your throat soon takes over, allowing you to work both your mouth and tongue together in a way that you know would drive him crazy.

The effect comes almost immediately and explosively. As you continue to work your tongue frantically to find his sensitive spots, as you tighten your cheeks and suck harder around his girth, and then play a little with his piercings until you feel him twitching inside your mouth, Jungkook finally lets himself get pushed over the edge. Jungkook shoves his cock roughly back in against your throat just as the first wave of his climax comes rushing through him, and a sharp cry comes out of his lips right before he starts to shoot his cum against your tonsils.

“Fuck—take that, you slut. Take it all,” he growls deeply as his cock jerks inside your mouth and spurt after spurt of cum fills your mouth. You tighten your lips around his girth, your jaw is sore and yet you hold on, keeping your mouth engulf him still while focusing on relaxing your throat and controlling your breath so you can continue taking all that he is giving you without missing a single drop. He rolls his hips a few more times, riding his orgasm while keeping his cock snugged in the warmth of your throat.

You nearly choke when his release comes too much, too fast. Yet it doesn’t stop you from swallowing everything until Jungkook is done releasing the last drop of his cum in your mouth. Only once he is done and he is whimpering for feeling too much, you let him slide his cock out of your lips, though you quickly return, giving him a few more licks to clean the remnants of his release dripping from the tip of his throbbing mast before sitting back and watching him falls back in his seat, his chest rising and falling while his skin glistens with sweat, making the lines of his torso glow under the lights.

Taehyung’s gentle hand comes to tuck your messy hair back, his lips come down to the side of your face as he bends down and whispers, “Well done, kitten. That’s enough,” Taehyung says, calling you with the nickname that he only uses to praise you. Pulling back, you sit back and enjoy the sight of your own doing. Jungkook’s cock is still glowing from fucking your mouth, glowing with the mix of your saliva and his release as it falls half placidly onto his torso.

“And you didn’t make a mess too,” Taehyung praises you while brushing his fingers gently across your cheek as you remain kneeling on the floor. “Have you gotten more practice lately?”

“No,” you sheepishly answer him. “I haven’t been with anyone else since the last time I came here to see you.”

Taehyung’s gaze darkens with a sense of possessiveness, something that you have rarely seen on him before. He runs his thumb across your swollen lips, asking you with a deep voice, “You haven’t had enough, have you, slut? Do you want my cock too?”

“Yes, Sir,” you immediately answer, eager to finally be able to please him. With a grin, Taehyung slips his thumb between your lips, making you suck him for a moment the same way you would with his cock in your mouth. Then he pulls his hand away, releasing you completely before he commands you,

“Free your hands and strip your master.”

You haven’t realised how numb your hands have become until you release your hold. You can barely feel your fingers, trembling as you reach up to tug his pants off of his waist. It takes an effort until you manage to push his pants down, and just like how it did with Jungkook, you are rewarded with the sight of his thick cock that springs free, bobbing slightly right in front of your face as it has grown hard, no doubt from watching you getting mouth-fucked by his friend earlier. You find it hard to look away, but you continue to finish your task, making sure to strip him off his pants and shirt even without having to rise up on your feet to do it.

Taehyung’s hand claims a hold on your hair once more, pulling your head back in a not-so-gentle way until your head is tilted up and your mouth opens with a gasp. “Eager to suck my cock, aren’t you?” he asks you with a wicked grin as he wraps his palm on his stiff cock and runs its swollen tip across your lips. Just when you open your mouth to take him, Taehyung grabs his cock and slaps its head onto the side of your face, slapping it against your cheek, starting from one side to another and smearing his pre-cum on your skin. “What do you have to say to make me shove this cock into your filthy mouth, slut?”

You keep an eye on his thick cock as he grins down at you, and you look up with wide eyes, knowing how much Taehyung loves to make you beg. Blinking your eyes while feigning innocence to play along, you keep your gaze on him as you beg him softly, “Please, Sir. Allow me to suck your cock with my mouth.”

“Do you want it so badly?” he asks you, with his voice lowering down a tone.

“Yes, Sir.”

“Good,” he says, finally moving the tip of his shaft to your lips. “Then I want you to wrap your mouth around my cock and make me cum. Don’t stop until I tell you to. And keep your hands on your back like you did before.”

You have just gotten your fingers to hold your wrists together at your back when he suddenly tugs your hair back, reminding you that he still has the complete control over you as he tilts your head back. Sucking a deep breath, you open your mouth for him, enclosing it on the head of his cock when he pushes right in. You move your mouth down the length of his cock, making it halfway when he suddenly pushes your head further down his shaft. His cock hits the back of your throat right away, making you gag at the force which draws you to look up at him. His grip on your hair tightens as he starts to shove his cock down your throat further, gagging you with it and drawing a choking sound from your throat. Your eyes tear up as he continues thrusting his cock ruthlessly into your throat. He does this a few more times, while you are having trouble keeping up and catching your breath, each movement becomes a blur in your eyes as his pace grows rapidly, each thrust as your body shaking with him when you feel it all the way down to your core as if he is also pounding deep into your pussy.

The sound of his low grunt is heard when he seems to grow closer to the edge. Yet he pulls back slightly instead of chasing for it, letting you take control for a short moment as your tongue moves around his cock. He doesn’t have any silver jewelries pierced on his cock, and yet you still enjoy working your tongue around him, tasting him, lapping on his skin until you can feel him twitching inside your mouth. You continue sucking on his cock, moving slower this time as he is no longer pushing roughly into you, until he suddenly stops you, groaning breathlessly as he pulls you back by the hair. His cock pops out of your lips, while you breathlessly look up to him while blinking your eyes rapidly to make the tears go away.

“So close. But I can’t allow it to happen yet,” he mutters with a sigh, though you can barely make sense of his words when you are still deep in the fog of your wanton desire and when the only thing that seems to make any sense is the hint of pride showing in his eyes as he looks at you. “We got ourselves an audience who is enjoying himself too much by watching us. What do you say about letting him join us?”

It takes a moment for you to remember that Jungkook is still in the room, and you look to your side to see him standing right in front of his seat, still completely bare, and he has his hand wrapped around his half-erect cock, stroking himself with his lustful eyes locked on you. “I think he wants to have another go of your mouth. What do you think?”

“Yes,” you whisper as your eyes fall on Jungkook’s hardening cock, then to Taehyung, and your mouth waters for them. “I want to have both of your cocks in my mouth.”

Pleased to hear this, Jungkook steps closer to you while Taehyung releases your hair so you can adjust your position between them. Soon, you have both guys standing tall on either side of you, both with their hands stroking their hard cocks. Taehyung grabs your hair once more, slightly more gentle this time as he takes a hold of you, and he pulls your face towards his cock to give him your attention first. The heady scent of his manhood and leaking pre-cum are both so intoxicating that you obediently open your mouth, allowing him to slowly slip the head of his cock right back between your lips.

The grip on your hair tightens as he bucks his hips, thrusting his cock deep and pushing his way into your throat, taking things slow and yet pushing deeper at the same time before he slowly grows faster. The pressure and the sudden force makes you gag and convulse, as he does it more roughly than Jungkook and himself previously did, but you know not to fight it and slowly let your jaw grow lax. Once he has the swollen head of his cock pressing at your throat, Taehyung stops and stands still, giving you a chance to relax and to take short breaths through your nose.

He waits for a moment until you are ready, and then he is fucking your mouth again, bucking his hips ruthlessly while forcing you to keep your gagging under control when he moves steadily with a strong force, going deep and pushing his cock down your throat over and over again until his grunts start growing into a series of pleasured moans.

At the first twitch of his cock, Taehyung pulls himself out of your mouth and eases back. He controls his breath for a moment and tugs on your hair, turning your head away so you can take Jungkook’s cock for a change while giving himself a break. Unlike before, Jungkook is quick to give in this time, wasting no more time as he bucks his hips, pounding his way into your mouth. Soon, Taehyung and Jungkook begin to take turns shoving their cocks into your mouth and throat while you remain on your knees, still with your wrists crossed and locked on your back to allow them to use you however they like.

“Release your hands and wrap them on our cocks,” Taehyung commands you, snapping you to remember that you still have your hands held back. Releasing yourself from the bind that you had created for yourself, you reach up and wrap one hand at the base of Jungkook’s shaft before reaching up to do the same with Taehyung’s. Their deep groans echo in the room at your touch, and already you can feel them growing tense around you, their hips moving in jerky thrusts as they continue to take turns fucking your mouth and thrusting their cocks against your hold.

Soon, one by one they release themselves. Starting from Taehyung, when it takes you only a few more deep sucks of his cock before spurts and spurts of cum fills your mouth. His cock pops out of your lips just as the final drops of cum are slipping out of his slit. You run your tongue around the twitching bulbous head to clean them off, then start sliding down the underside of his length, making your way to his balls and tease him a little moments before you finally let him go. You turn to Jungkook just as he is whimpering upon reaching his climax and take his cock right back inside your mouth. You still remember the routine—suck, thrust, swallow, then stroke with your hand about the same time you let him push into your throat. Soon enough, you are swallowing every drop of his release, only missing out on a few drops that come out at the end just after you pull away. Not wanting to miss anything, you trace your fingers across the tip of his cock and your cheek, capturing every last drop of his cum so you can suck them off of your fingers, all while keeping eye contact with the breathless man until you have tasted everything.

Taehyung places his hand at the back of your head to pull your attention back to him. “Such a perfect cocksucker whore,” he praises you, giving you a thrilling sense of both shame and pride running down your body. “You sure didn’t miss any single drop, did you?”

Holding back a grin, you tease him by playing coy as you ask him, “Did I do a good job, Sir?”

Instead of answering you, he simply looks at you with mirth dancing in his eyes, and you instantly know that he still has some other wicked plans in mind for you. “Get on your feet, slut. Let Jungkook take a good look at you,” he sharply says as he steps back.

You push yourself up from the floor, struggling as your legs have grown almost numb. Before you barely manage to stand up straight, Taehyung snatches at your bra and pulls them down until they are stuck on the underside of your breasts, pushing your soft mounds upward and making them feel tight and tense.

“Keep your hands on your back. Just like before,” Taehyung commands you, and you follow obediently, entwining your hands on your back just like how he had instructed you before, making your chest arch slightly and pushing your breast further towards him. Taehyung runs his gaze on them, taking his time to admire them before he leans down, capturing your left nipple into his mouth.

Being propped up against the strain of your folded bra, the tension that has been created is making your breast become even more sensitive, so much so that the pleasure of having him working his mouth and tongue around your nipple feels so intense it almost rocks you off of your feet. You moan deeply and arch your back as he continues to lick and suck at your nipple, then he moves to the right breast, sucking the partly hardened nub between his teeth and starts nibbling on it until it grows as hard as the other. You let out a whimper and sway on your feet, but you try to hold yourself up the best you can with your hands still being held up on your back. As you resist the urge to let go and reach out so you can hold on to him, you cross your hands and clutch at your wrists tighter on your back, holding on and further straining yourself while it draws you into pushing your chest to his face even more.

You can feel Jungkook’s presence as he moves to stand right beside you, watching closely as Taehyung continues to feast on your nipples, going back and forth from one side to another. A small movement catches your eyes just as they are fluttering shut in your pleasure, and you see Jungkook with his hand down on his cock, rubbing gently on his half erection as he enjoys the view. Taehyung smiles against your mounds as he notices this and slowly pulls back. Trailing kisses across the valley of your breasts, Taehyung holds your hips with a gentle grip and gives you a tug just as you are beginning to give in to your wobbly knees. Your arms and shoulders are beginning to hurt with the strain that you have caused yourself, but you resist the urge to let go, holding on the best you can until he gives you the permission to.

“Isn’t she gorgeous?” Taehyung questions his friend, though his eyes never leave you as he does so. “Turn around and let Jungkook take a better look at you.”

Carefully, you begin turning around, moving slowly in your wobbly legs to allow Jungkook to see every side of you. Thankfully, Taehyung keeps a hand on the small of your back to support you from falling, though it does feel like he is the one showing you off.

“Beautiful,” Jungkook exclaims softly as his eyes rake over your body, lingering for a moment longer on your breasts before going down on your barely-there panties.

“Look at that wonderful ass,” Taehyung mutters as you show your back on them, showing your ass and your black thong that barely does anything to cover your skin. He slaps your ass, causing you to whimper at the stinging pain, only to do the same on the other cheek to spread the pain across your behind.

Just as you turn back around, he rips your thong off, showing your bare pussy. The tug feels painful against your skin, though it fades the moment the cool air hits right at your wet mounds, giving you a different kind of sensation which has you shuddering in the mix of pain and pleasure.

“Take a good look at that. She got so wet just from sucking our cocks,” Taehyung mutters, slapping your pussy and making you howl in pain when it ignites the throbbing happening between your legs. His hand returns just a moment later, gently rubbing across your folds, drawing you to slightly move your hips so he could ease the sting that still lingers on your clit. Chuckling deeply at your reaction, he sticks two fingers into your pussy, pushing roughly through your throbbing walls until you are moaning and whimpering to the sudden breach of contact.

“So wet. So needy. I’ve always known how much of a slut you are from sucking cocks, but we’ve barely started and here you are, close to coming on my fingers,” Taehyung groans, pushing his fingers deeper and feeling the way your walls clench around them. He leans in, kissing your neck and giving your skin a lick while growling in your ear, “You want it, don’t you, slut? You want to cum?”

A whimper slips out of you before you can find your words. “Yes, Sir. Please. I need to cum.”

Taehyung flicks your clit with his thumb just as he presses his fingers against your sweet spot, drawing an intense shudder from your body. “I can feel how close you are. It wasn’t just because of our cocks, was it? You love showing yourself off to Jungkook, do you?”

Flickering your gaze to find Jungkook, your feel your skin flushing with heat under his gaze that you just have to admit it. “Yes, Sir. I enjoy it.”

“Do you want him to touch you too?”

“Yes, Sir. I—” Your words turn to a gasp when Taehyung suddenly pulls his fingers out of you, leaving you empty and your body pulses in its protest.

But the emptiness only lingers in your mind for a short while, as Jungkook comes up behind you and starts grinding his hard cock against your ass, teasing and distracting you. With one hand, he grabs a hold of your joined hands, making sure that you still won’t let go, while he wraps the other palm around your throat, holding you back to him with your head tilted up so you can only look at Taehyung’s dark eyes, seeing straight into his lustful gaze.

Taehyung makes use of your vulnerable state to cover your pussy with his hand. He starts to rub your clit, pressing his fingers around the nub before moving them in circles, playing with the throbbing flesh and drawing you to push your hips into his hand so you can feel more. Jungkook chuckles in your ear as he watches you moving your body so wantonly despite being held back. He nibbles are your earlobe, biting and suckling softly, setting your nerves alight. The sensation he is giving you pushes you closer to the edge just when Taehyung pushes his fingers back into your pussy, bending them slightly until he is rubbing right against your sweet spot while his thumb continues to caress and press on your clit.

Your moans keep coming out of your lips, slipping out at a rapid pace just as Taehyung quickens each thrust of his fingers, while Jungkook tightens his hold on you when you begin thrashing against him. Your body shudders intensely as the first sparks of your orgasm begin to rise. The hand around your throat squeezes harder, not enough to hurt but enough to cut off your breathless cries, and Taehyung pushes his fingers deeper, attacking your pussy and pushing you over to the precipice of your climax.

Taehyung grabs your right breast with his free hand, squeezing it tight and twisting at your hardened nipple as he leans down, capturing the left nipple and giving it a good bite. The sensation feels too much, too overwhelming, and the limited air you are breathing seems to make it all grow more intense. Your body grows still between them, already so close to letting go, and yet something is still holding you back.

It is not until you hear Jungkook’s voice on your ear, whispering, “Cum for us, little whore. Show us what a needy slut you are,” that everything inside you simply snaps. Your orgasm rips through your body like a massive wave, sending you quaking as you ride out each pulse, each rush of pleasure surging through your body from the depth of your core.

Even as you have crossed over the edge, you can still vaguely feel their lips and hands moving down your body, helping you ride out your climax. The fingers moving between your legs have slowed down some, moving much more gently this time as Taehyung continues to work his fingers in your pussy before he pulls them out slowly. He lands a few more kisses on your breasts before stepping back, letting Jungkook be the one to hold you up.

You are too deep and too lost in the hazy fog of your climax when Jungkook finally releases you that you barely notice it until his lips come down to your neck, tracing the parts of your skin which have grown soft under his palm with his gentle kisses to soothe them from the remaining soreness. Then his soft voice starts whispering to you, “Take a deep breath, kitten. Slowly, that’s it.” He keeps guiding you as you slowly take a deep breath, unhurriedly releasing it after your mind begins to snap back to the present.

He gently pries your hands apart, letting your arms fall to your sides. As his kisses trail down on your bare shoulders, you finally notice that one of them had swiftly removed your bra, leaving you standing there completely bare. Jungkook continues to kiss along the area that he had held his palm around as his way to soothe you from the tingling pain that still remains, while his fingers keep rubbing on your wrists, finding the spots that you had clutched onto and rubbing them to work the blood back into your hands, arms, and shoulders. Standing right in front of you, Taehyung brushes his fingers gently along the underside of your breasts, tracing the indented mark on your skin which had been left behind from your bra. Every touch feels so soothing on your skin and you can slowly feel your body growing lax, each lingering strain and tense muscles are loosening while your breath eases to calm.

“Good girl,” Taehyung says, praising you as you give in to their care before you feel his lips on yours.

Taehyung pulls you away just as Jungkook let you go, leading you towards the bed. He guides you to stand before him, facing him still as his fingers brush against your nipples.

“Get on the bed and wait for her there, Jungkook,” he commands his friend, and your eyes grow wide when Jungkook obediently follows. “Surprise? Jungkook is good in taking orders just as much as he is good at giving them, just like you do,” Taehyung says while you turn away to watch Jungkook taking his spot on the bed and lying down on his back. His cock remains half erect as it rests on his torso, its size that still looks intimidating and the glowing piercing appearing on the head of his cock quickly steal your attention once more. All so suddenly, your pussy throbs in its desire to be filled. Your previous orgasm seems irrelevant when you are feeling a new kind of hunger.

“Are you enjoying yourself so far?” Taehyung asks you while pulling you to him by the waist.

“Yes, Sir.”

He smiles, then turns you around to face the bed where Jungkook is waiting. “Do you want to continue playing with the two of us?”

“Yes, Sir,” you answer him, licking your lips when you imagine yourself between them, just like how they had you before.

“You’re enjoying your gift, are you? Do you want to fuck him and cum around his cock this time?” he asks, instantly drawing a shudder down your body when you picture yourself riding Jungkook as he is lying there. Your voice is lost for a moment that you can only nod your head to answer him, but Taehyung only let you get away with it instead of scolding you, questioning you once again, “Do you think you deserve it?”

“I think so, Sir. I’ve been following your commands and have been a good girl for you.”

Taehyung chuckles, though it seems as if he had already expected to hear you say the exact same words, already used to you suddenly acting like a brat the moment playtime is either over or falls to a lull. “That sounds pretty presumptuous of you to think that I’ll let it happen so easily,” he says, before surprising you when he captures your earlobe with his lips and gives it a slight nip to playfully reprimand you. “No, I don’t believe you have shown me enough. I still need you to prove to me and show me that you deserve to be rewarded.”

Stepping back, he takes your hand and guides you to climb up the bed, stopping only to look into your eyes to command you, “Go sit on Jungkook’s face and ride his mouth.”

As if entranced by his command, you slowly climb onto the bed and crawl your way up Jungkook’s body. You stop for a moment when you straddle his crotch, teasing him a little by pressing down his shaft and rubbing your slick mounds along its length. A soft gasp comes out of his lips and you continue to roll your hips, relishing on the delightful feeling of his stiff cock rubbing against your clit and sliding between your slit. Your fun is cut short, however, when a sharp slap falls on your bare ass, drawing a painful gasp from you when the stinging pain lingers on your skin.

“Are you trying to disobey me, slut?” Taehyung growls in your ear and grabs your waist, lifting you up, and you quickly look at him while feigning innocence.

“Forgive me, Sir. I just can’t resist.”

Clicking his tongue, Taehyung slaps gently on the other ass cheek. He shakes his head while chastising you, “You’re going to pay for that later. Now put your pussy on his mouth before I change my mind.” He doesn’t have to say it twice, as you continue to climb over Jungkook’s chest, using the help of Jungkook’s hands on your hips to stop you from falling over and Taehyung’s gentle hands on your waist to steady you on your knees. Taehyung keeps his hands on you as he gently positions you on top of Jungkook’s waiting mouth. You look down on the pretty guy settling down between your legs and watch him licking his lips, already eager to please you.

Soon, you are lowered to his mouth, but not before Taehyung slips out one last instruction for you to remember, “Don’t cum until I give you permission to. Got it, slut?”

“Yes, Sir.”

You barely manage to finish responding when Jungkook moves his hand to grab onto your thighs, tugging you firmly so you will pay attention only to him as he begins to work.

The tight grip he has on your thighs anchors you down on top of him, helping you to position yourself on his face and align your pussy on his mouth. You can feel his breath hitting your pussy first, before a soft kiss is pressed on your folds, making you jolt at the touch. His tongue flicks on your clit repeatedly until your legs start shaking on either side of his head. As you try to squirm away, Jungkook captures your clit into his mouth and starts sucking on it hard, drawing cries of pleasure and sending you rocking your hips against his mouth. He continues to work his mouth and tongue on your pussy, licking and sucking and thrusting his tongue through your entrance, giving you multiple sensations at the same time until you are sitting right at the edge. Each time your pussy begins to convulse with your incoming climax, Jungkook tones down his ministrations, moving slower and releasing you from his mouth, only to take you back again to increase the waves of pleasure rising inside you once he senses you calming down. You continue to move your hips, rocking on top of him as you blissfully take in everything, almost ready to have him pushing you over the edge.

As if realising the need to remind you of his presence, Taehyung climbs beside you and grabs your chin. He gently wipes the tears that had fallen on your face without you realising it and gently smooths your wild hair back.

“So close already, slut? Are you sure you can hold back from coming too soon?” Taehyung whispers to you. He runs his hand down your breasts, tugging at your nipples and pinching them hard with his fingers. He looks down to see your thighs shaking, and only then does he finally let go. “You have always been so responsive, even worse so when you have already had your orgasm.”

Just as he said it, you can feel your pussy clenching, reminded of the delectable rush of your pleasure which your body soon craves for. You hold back a gasp while trying your best to stop yourself from tumbling over the edge. You can feel it coming, and Jungkook is relentless in his assault as he works his mouth and tongue without giving your pussy a break. Each pulse that he lights up inside you only grows stronger, more intense, that you are no longer sure if you still have any control of your body when it starts trembling on top of him.

To make it worse, Taehyung is there to tease you, taunting you with his filthy words to send your mind wandering off to every possible scenario which may send you off to your orgasm. “What happens if I slip my cock back into your mouth again? Would you start shaking and coming on Jungkook’s face, even if I tell you not to?” he asks you, while he runs his thumb across your lips, before slipping it right in as if he wants you to picture his cock sliding right into your mouth.

With your eyes fluttering close, you suck on his thumb with a desperate hum coming out of your throat, and he keeps sliding the digit in and out of your mouth, twisting and curling it against your tongue as if to show you what you are supposed to do if it had been his cock sliding between your lips. Lost in the moment while focusing not to give out control, you don’t notice it when Taehyung traces his other hand down your spine, the tips of his fingers dancing on your skin before sliding down to your bare ass. He gently traces the tender parts of your skin where he had laid his palm on before, then slips them down your slit, finding the forbidden hole which you had denied him for so long.

The faint tingle of his naughty fingers trailing down your back barely registers to you when you are overwhelmed with all the sensations happening to you. It isn’t until you feel Taehyung pressing down slightly on your tender skin, letting you feel the sting right where he had spanked you earlier when you know that he has something in mind. And then the tingles move towards your center, making you grow tense as you anticipate what he might do to you next. Without a warning, Taehyung presses his fingers right at your rear entrance, forcing the tight rim to give way for him to allow him entry. With a whimper coming from the depth of your throat, your body convulses at the sensation, when the straining pain of the invasion comes right at the same time pleasure rises as Jungkook shoves his tongue into your pussy and Taehyung shoves his thumb deeper into your mouth.

The sound that you make as your orgasm comes rolling through your body is completely foreign to your own ears. Your mind is muddled with the thick fog of bliss that it takes a moment to realise what is actually happening. Taehyung pulls his thumb out of your mouth to allow your voice to come out, but keeps his other hand circling and pressing on your tight opening. Jungkook continues to lap on your pussy, licking your release clean with his mouth teasing your clit, drawing the spasms running through your body to last longer while he helps you ride out your orgasm. As you slowly come down from the peak of your bliss, your mind gains back its clarity and it begins to sink in just how much you have fucked up.

Shocked and filled with shame, you release a deep gasp and try to jump off, only for Jungkook to tighten his grip on your trembling legs while Taehyung moves his hand away from you. “Did I give you permission to cum, slut?” he says with a sharp whisper, drawing a whimper out of you.

“N-no, Sir. I’m so sorry—”

Feigning anger, Taehyung’s eyes light up with something dark that sends a chill down your body. “Get off of him and take your position on the side of the bed,” he commands you, and you immediately move away from Jungkook the moment you are released from his grip.

It takes a lot of effort to crawl away from Jungkook’s face and move to the other side of the mattress as Taehyung has instructed you to. You step down the bed and stand on your wobbly legs just beside it, looking up to Taehyung as he wipes his hands clean with a hand towel while making his way to you.

Just when you are beginning to sway on your legs, Taehyung pulls you up and guides you to kneel down on the side of the bed. He pushes you to bend down with your cheek planted on the sheets and your eyes looking away from the rest of the room. You can feel the cold sheets rubbing against your nipples while your ass is in the air. It makes you feel vulnerable and exposed, but you hold down the shame as you wait for his next move. Taehyung steps back, leaving you alone for a moment but enough to make you feel the emptiness engulfing you without his touch.

The silence makes you hyperaware of your surroundings, allowing you to feel the movements as Jungkook leaves the bed to watch you close while Taehyung walks across the room. Without lifting your head and looking at him, you know exactly where he is going and what he is up to. You have been in this room many times and enough to know the layouts, to remember where everything is, including his toys and the tools that he has always loved so much.

The gentle footfalls happening around you lull you into a faux sense of calm as Taehyung returns to you. Without a word, Taehyung places the things that he had brought back with him on the bed, placing them right in front of your face so you can see them better. The first thing you see is the leather-made flogger, and you let out an audible gasp at the sight of it. Your hips start wiggling in the air and your body begins to tingle as you still remember the feeling it ignites on your skin. The memories of Taehyung flogging you with it as a form of punishment still lingers on every inch of your body that you can still feel it only by picturing it happening again.

With a soft chuckle, Taehyung teases you while stroking your hair. “You still remember the last time we played together with this baby, don’t you?”

Holding back a gasp, your body twitches when his words take you back to many nights ago, back when you received his punishments until you were left feeling sore and your skin was burning in pain when you had your body rubbing against the sheets not too long after. “Please, Sir,” you start to beg him, hoping that he would give you some other punishment while shamefully feeling the excitement of him using it on you once again. The feeling that is beginning to course through you seems odd, and yet welcomed, since you have always enjoyed playtime with Taehyung, knowing that each pain will always be accompanied by pleasure.

Instead of answering you, Taehyung places something else right beside the flogger that you have been glaring daggers to, wishing it to disappear from sight. It takes you a moment before recognising what the other thing is. Made of something that seems just as transparent as glass, the small blunt tip you see at one end makes you wiggle your hips, thinking of the possibilities from having it buried inside you, but it is the shorter and flat looking end that gives away what it actually is.

A faux-glass butt plug.

The dawning realisation of what it is and what Taehyung is planning to do with you sink into you slowly, drawing a sharp intake of breath from you as you try to imagine what is about to happen. Seeing your reaction draws low chuckles from both men as they stand behind you. It should put shame on you, acting wantonly even as you are supposed to be reflecting on your mistakes, but you enjoy the attention, the way their eyes are undoubtedly taking you in while they are planning to do wicked things to your body.

You can feel the hot presence of their gazes running down your bare ass, before you feel Taehyung’s palm rubbing down your hips and bottom cheeks. “I told you before that I want to see you plugged and get you ready to have a cock buried in your pretty ass,” he mutters softly while running his hand down your ass, feeling you up before he turns and takes the flogger in his hand.

Taehyung touches your face with the flogger as a whimper escapes your mouth. Pleased with your reaction, Taehyung chuckles and grabs onto your hair, pulling your head back while running the flogger down your bare back. “Remember to control your breath. Count each one loudly so we can hear you. Try to make sure not to miss anything,” he says, letting go of your hair and moving away, staying out of sight as he stands behind you, letting you wait once again.

At this point, your body has started trembling. Though it is not out of fear, but more from being aroused. The anticipation is slowly killing you, not allowing you to know what to expect when you have him standing out of sight while your body is being laid open for anything to happen.

The first hit comes to you without a warning, sending you howling in pain. Your right bottom cheek stings with pain, though it sends an odd shiver of pain and pleasure through your whole body at the same time.

“Count loudly. I can’t hear you,” Taehyung commands you, and you draw a quick breath before whimpering loudly, “One.”

The moment he hears your voice, he swings the flogger back down, hitting you on your right thigh this time. You clutch at the sheets beneath you and whimper in pain, before crying out breathlessly, “Two.”

The flogger returns to your body multiple times in a row, attacking your ass, moving from left to right, then down your thighs, landing in different places first before returning to where you have been assaulted by it. At one point, Jungkook takes over, though his floggings sting less when he holds back from giving you too much pain, until Taehyung takes back control and returns to give you the right punishment that you deserve. Somewhere in between the constant floggings, your painful cries begin to turn into loud, delightful moans coming out of your lips, and you never miss a count. The pain continues to send sparks of pleasure straight into your pussy, making you throb inside and your arousal dripping out of your folds. With this position, there is no doubt that they can see you growing wet as you take your punishment with a stride, but you remain in your position, holding still even when your hips and legs are beginning to shake underneath you.

Taehyung hits you one last time at the final count, aiming straight at your pussy. It feels painful as the leather smacks right against your throbbing pussy and swollen clit, and yet your body quakes with more pleasure than pain. You hold your breath and squirm to stop yourself from falling into another orgasm and disobeying his command, forcing your nipples to rub violently against the sheets which only makes your body shakes harder.

The soft thud of the flogger being tossed aside draws a sigh out of your lips. But the reprieve only lasts for a moment, ending too soon when Taehyung comes up beside you and his fingers find their way into your folds. With a soft chuckle, he spreads your folds and slides his fingers into your pussy, drawing the slick sounds of your arousal to echo so loudly in the room to reveal your dirty little secret.

“You’re such a filthy whore. You loved being punished, didn’t you? Look at this little slut, Jungkook. Look at how soaked her pussy is.”

“Sir, please—” you beg him, already finding yourself on the brink of orgasm with him stringing your body so expertly after lighting up your whole body with pain, making you even more responsive than how you usually would.

Thankfully, Taehyung is in his generous mood after punishing you. “Cum. Soak my fingers and show Jungkook what a slut you are,” he commands you, pushing you right over the edge when he can feel you pulsing around his fingers.

As soon as he says those words, to feel his fingers filling you up and pressing against your throbbing walls, your orgasm erupts within you and you embrace it while trembling intensely in his hold. You keep pushing your hips back, thrusting your pussy into his hand to ride out your orgasm until you slowly begin to come down from it.

You hear them chuckling from behind you as you shiver and quake in your orgasm. Pulling his fingers out of you, Taehyung grabs your hair and pulls, a bit more gently this time, arching your back as he lines his cock up to your entrance. Instead of pushing his way in, he simply rocks his hips and slides his cock between your folds, teasing you while rubbing his length against your clit.

“Have you had enough, slut? Don’t you want to have my cock inside you?” Taehyung asks you, chuckling deeply when your hips jolt and twist each time the head of his cock touches your clit. You act like you are avoiding him at first, still feeling too sensitive when the spasms of your climax still have yet to wane down completely, but then you begin to move your hips and push yourself back, pressing against his crotch to have him align his hard cock right at your pussy.

"Is this what you want? Tell me how much you want my cock,” he demands you as he teases the head of his cock at your opening. You grip the sheets beneath you tighter, too ashamed to admit how much you want this to continue even after you had come to climax multiple times already. Too ashamed to admit the fact that you are feeling the clear desire of having him pounding his cock into you growing stronger the more he rubs himself against you. But Taehyung demands answers, and he wouldn’t stop until he gets them from you. His hand comes down, slapping your ass right on your bruised skin, before pulling you up against his chest to force an answer from you.

“Yes, Sir. Please fuck me. I want your cock to fill my pussy,” you exclaim loudly with a whimper just as he demands it, and Taehyung’s soft hum shows you that he is pleased to hear it.

“Nice try, but you’ve disobeyed me earlier. I don’t think you deserve it yet. Don’t you think so too, Jungkook?” he offhandedly asks Jungkook, who answers him with a noncommittal hum from somewhere behind you. Taehyung releases you, tapping gently on your other ass cheek as he instructs you, “Get on the bed, face down and your ass up.”

You follow his instruction and carefully crawl up the bed even when your legs still feel like jelly. Taking up the center space of the bed, you bury your knees into the sheets and bend forward, resting your face on the pillows in front of you while presenting your ass towards the ceiling.

Silence falls for a moment, something that is to be expected as you know how much Taehyung loves to make you wait. It isn’t until the moment you begin to feel sore and stiff around your hips and legs, and once you feel the rush of blood surging towards your head when you feel the mattress dip, the weight and tension rolling from the movement let you know that Taehyung is climbing the bed to join you.

Moving behind you, he smacks your ass one time and pulls your butt cheeks apart. A slick sensation comes as he spits on your ass and pushes a finger against your forbidden hole. The pressure sends you squirming and whimpering, still not used to the invasion and feeling embarrassed that he is even touching you there. As if noticing this, Taehyung moves his other hand to your front, rubbing your clit to distract you and to make you relax a little to the more familiar touch. The mixed feelings of pleasure are driving you mad and out of control, as you feel another orgasm building. Disbelief fills your mind when you remember that he is still pressing his fingers at your rim, and while you are engulfed in the delightful feeling of his fingers on your clit, the hand at the back is moving at the same time, fingers pushing their way in until he is spreading your puckered rim just enough to allow him to push his way in just an inch deep.

“Ah—” you gasp out as the feeling of him invading your butthole sends a gushing drop of arousal on your pussy, drawing the slick sounds to echo through the room as he is still working on your clit, rubbing it in circles as he pushes his way in another inch into your ass.

Your back arches as he continues to play with your body, working his way to pleasure your pussy and entering your ass for the first time. Moans after moans leave your lips when both of his hands begin to move in the same rhythm, his fingers keep pumping into your ass as he rubs your clit, going on and on until the discomfort you feel from your behind wanes down to a pleasuring feeling that has your body shuddering to an incoming climax. The moment he notices that you are slowly getting used to it, he pulls out his fingers from your ass, leaving it empty while you move your ass backwards to chase him back to you.

Something hard and cold comes to your abused hole instead of his long fingers, and your hips jolt forward to avoid it in a sense of reflex. He is quick to stop you from getting away, however, and slowly begins to push the butt plug in, spreading your tight hole wider than his fingers ever managed to. “Don’t hold your breath,” Taehyung says, cooing you with his lips kissing you down the side of your neck, distracting you as he pushes the butt plug deeper, forcing your tightness to open wider as it reaches the thicker part at the base.

Moving your hips back and forth, you cry out a loud moan. The pain has strangely turned into small pulses of pleasure, drawing your body to move back and forth even if it is still hard for you to process between pain and pleasure before realising that the two of them are connected, coinciding as they come to you together in waves before you can stop them from happening. It feels like an eternity when it seems to take some time for Taehyung to have the plug settled in nicely inside your ass. Eventually, he makes it happen, as the flat end of the plug meets your skin, covering your puckered rim and allowing you to feel your muscles pulsing intensely around the plug.

By the time Taehyung is done placing the butt plug inside you, your body is quivering and your hips are moving steadily, chasing the pulses coursing inside you from front to back. Taehyung notices this and reaches down between your legs, finding the wetness that has been pooling on your sensitive pussy and pushes his fingers inside you, drawing a loud moan coming out of your lips.

“Taehyung—Sir, please,” you start begging him with your hips bucking wildly into his hand. He bends down from behind, his bare chest pressing on your back, and nips at your earlobe to snap you back into attention. He pulls his fingers out of you, making you gasp at the emptiness, only to press his cock on you from behind.

“Don’t cum,” he whispers to you as he aligns the head of his cock at your pussy, sliding it between your folds a few times to gather your arousal and making it slick for him to slide into you, while your body grows tense in your anticipation.

In one quick thrust, Taehyung fills you to the hilt with his cock. A sharp gasp escapes you at how much he is filling you up with his shaft. The tightness you feel with his girth pressing against your walls already draws a sudden wave of your early orgasm, added with the foreign feeling of your body being filled from the back at the same time, but you hold back the best you can. He continues on, not waiting for you to adapt to his size as he fucks you ruthlessly against the pillows. You can feel your orgasm building, rising quickly as his cock hits the depth of your pussy each time.

He stops just when you are about to cum, pulling out so abruptly that your pussy convulses intensely against the emptiness, drawing whimpers and desperate moans out of your lips.

“Get on the bed,” Taehyung snaps a command, though his voice sounds faint beyond the sound of your moans. You only come to realise who he is talking to when the mattress dips once more, and you feel Jungkook crawling to your side. “Lie down and get comfortable so she can ride your cock.”

You look over to your side to see Jungkook settling down against the pillows, his hand is busy stroking on his hard cock while his eyes are locked on you with lustful intent. “Ride his cock good, slut,” Taehyung whispers as he pulls you up from your bent position. “If you do a good job, then I’ll let you cum.” “Come on, beautiful. Get on top of me,” Jungkook commands you gently before helping you to straddle his lap. You keep your eyes on him as you slowly work yourself on his lap. With your fingers, you spread your slick folds apart, allowing his cock to slide in between. And then you begin to roll your hips, sliding and pressing your slit along the length of his hard cock, pausing a few times when you feel the tip of his cock and the cold metal pressing against your opening.

Jungkook’s hands find your waist and he gently raises you up, keeping you hovering on top of him as he positions his cock at your slick opening. With a sly grin, he then pulls you down on him, his cock slipping into you so easily with how wet you have gotten with your previous release and the constant waves of your arousal soaking your pussy. You slump forward onto his bare chest and moan in his ear as his cock sinks deep into your pussy, forcing you to open wider to fit him as he pushes deeper. Tightening his grip on your hips, Jungkook doesn’t waste any more time and begins thrusting rapidly, pounding his cock hard and fast into your pussy until you are left helpless and the only thing you do is scream out in pleasure as you take it all in.

Jungkook cups his hands under each of your breasts, then he begins kissing and sucking on your taut nipples, rolling his tongue around each one as they grow as hard as pebbles in his mouth while he keeps his hips bucking upward to get deeper inside you. Each friction sends a constant rush of pleasure through your body, drawing you to arch your chest into his face even more as he continues to devour the tips of your breasts while his hands begin to knead, pressing and caressing your soft flesh.

With him taking over your body, arousing your carnal desire alight to the point that it is driving you wild, Taehyung sends you further into the blissful fog as he takes your lips, pressing a rough kiss and shoving his tongue into your mouth to drown your moans.

Taehyung pulls away from the kiss when the sound of your moans escalated, yet still keeps his eyes between your legs, watching as his friend’s engorged penis pushes its way between your pussy. The slick sounds of his thrusts fill the room as Jungkook continues to slide into you, his length disappearing between your walls, going deep and hard that your body quakes whenever he pushes his way deep into you.

"That’s it. Fuck her good," Taehyung says as Jungkook continues to drive his cock repeatedly into your pussy. Under his command, Jungkook quickens his pace, going deeper each time until his cock sinks to the hilt and he holds still when he feels your body shaking in your release.

Chuckling softly, Taehyung tilts your chin up and peck a kiss on your lips. “So soon?”

You raise your head to look at him, whispering to him, “He is doing it so well,” while Jungkook begins moving again, sliding his cock in and out of you and making you grunt as his dick hits rock-bottom, once again making you shudder with the pleasure coursing through your body. “Please, Sir. I’m so close—”

“Hold. Don’t cum just yet,” he says, brushing his fingers on your face before coming up on his knees. “Open your mouth. I’ll distract you from coming too soon.” He grabs your hair just then and starts to shove his cock down your throat, choking you and distracting you from the pleasure coming from Jungkook’s forceful thrusts. Your eyes start to tear up as Taehyung ruthlessly fucks your throat, matching Jungkook’s pace and rhythm as he is doing it.

You feel as if you are taken to a new height when the pleasure of being filled in three different places and the shame of being used like a rag-doll start to get into your head. Your mind simply blanks out as you try to hold back from gagging on Taehyung’s cock while the pleasured moans keep rumbling from your throat. While your body keeps quaking in bliss as Jungkook keeps pounding his cock inside you, your pussy feels incredibly tight with his girth rubbing inside you, filling you up, while the butt plug pushes against each thrust from behind, making it seem like it is moving in and out of you the way Jungkook is moving his cock inside you. Only when you force your eyes to open slightly when you realise that what you are feeling is actually happening, when Taehyung has reached down to your behind and has begun moving the butt plug in and out of you, moving simultaneously and in the perfect rhythm to Jungkook’s relentless thrusts.

Taehyung’s rough hand leaves the plug behind and clutches at your hair to pull your head back so he could look at your face. Pleased with what he is seeing, Taehyung smiles at you and pushes your head down as he shoves his cock into your throat, stopping there as he stiffens and twitches inside our warm mouth. Taehyung bucks his hips into you a few more times before pulling out, leaving you in a coughing fit that soon turns to a sharp cry when Jungkook shoves his cock with one firm thrust to get to the hilt.

“Don’t you dare cum before I say so,” Taehyung snaps in your ear right when your body begins to tense, anticipating the rush of pleasure that has been building inside you to finally wash over you. But then his words snap you back to focus, forcing you to take a quick inhale of breath to hold still, stopping yourself from being plunged towards the end.

But the control you have on your own body can only last for a short while, when your hips keep rolling and you keep moving up and down Jungkook’s cock, drawing the shudders of pleasure back inside you.

“Are you going to disobey me again, slut?” Taehyung asks you harshly when he sees your body trembling as a sign of your orgasm approaching to you fast. His eyes are dark with hunger when he looks at you, making it hard for you to look away.

“Doesn’t matter,” he says, reaching back to once again give the butt plug a gentle pull, not enough to pull it out of you but enough to make you feel the widening girth at its base stretching your opening. “We’re far from done, and I will still make sure that you would have your climax with both of our cocks inside you.”

You let out an audible gasp at his words and try to sit still, though it doesn’t help when Taehyung is still moving the plug slowly, following a rhythm that would make it seem like something he would do with his cock inside you. You close your eyes when the friction starts to become more pleasurable, as your body is grown to get used to it with Jungkook’s cock serving as the perfect distraction. Soon, you find yourself moving your hips back, thrusting back into the plug while simultaneously pushing down on Jungkook’s cock each time you roll your hips back down on the butt plug.

“You would like that, won’t you? Have my cock inside you right here instead of this useless plug.” A low chuckle rumbles from Taehyung’s chest, but it is the way his lips are pressing down your neck which has you losing your words, that you can only respond to him with moans and whimpers.

“Please, Taehyung. I can’t—” you start to beg him. Instead of stopping, Taehyung continues to move the plug in and out of you, pushing you further to the brink of your climax with Jungkook thrusting his cock at the same time. “I’m so close. Please, I need to cum.”

Just as you are beginning to feel the rise of your climax, with your eyes closed shut as you try to focus on controlling your body before you would plunge over the edge, Taehyung pulls the plug out of your ass, sending you quaking in the sudden emptiness.

“No—” you whimper desperately when you are denied from climax, only to stop short and gasp when you feel Taehyung slip behind you.

Jungkook spreads his legs wider beneath you to give Taehyung enough space to settle in, slowing down his thrusts as he does so to bring you back down from the edge. You hear the sound of a tube being clicked open before something wet and cold is being splattered around your rear entrance, then you hear Taehyung applying the same slick gel onto himself, smearing his cock with it as he takes his position behind you. “I don’t want to hurt you,” he whispers then, slipping out of his role for a brief moment as he presses his lips on the nape of your neck to make you feel more relaxed.

Taehyung grabs his hard cock and gives his length a few eager strokes before lining himself at your rear hole. With one hand, he spreads your bottom cheek apart, opening you up for him until he can press the swollen head of his cock right at your rear entrance. He tries to push his way in, only managing to do it slowly as your body instinctively grows tight around him to keep him out. But he keeps trying, pushing in to get the head through the tight rim until he has it engulfed inside your ass.

“Please, I can’t—" you cry out as you feel his cock entering your abused ass, spreading you apart to fit his girth. Even if the gel had made it slick for him to slide through the rim, the pressure still strains you, making you grow tense as your body refuses to allow his cock to get any deeper.

Taehyung stops moving, letting you adjust to him before he pulls back, returning with small strokes as he continues to go back and forth, in and out, slowly pushing himself deeper inch by inch with each stroke of his cock. “Relax and breathe,” he commands you with a strained voice. “Stop fighting me if you don’t want to get hurt.”

Focusing on your muscles, you close your eyes and loosen the clench at your behind, and he slowly slides deeper. It feels a tight fit, slightly uncomfortable not only because you are not used to it but also because you are still filled with Jungkook’s cock from the front. Taehyung’s hand leave your hips and squeezes around your throat as he plunges his cock deeper, cutting off your scream with the pressure he gives around your throat. He keeps his hand there for a moment, as he pushes and pushes, thrusting slowly to get deeper. Once you are no longer clenching around him, Taehyung plunges deeper, thrusting all the way in until the entire length of his hard cock is buried inside your ass.

Beneath you, Jungkook has stopped moving, yet he still gives you some attention with his fingers slipping down your folds and giving your clit a few gentle nudges, helping to take your mind away from the pain. Soon, the mix of pleasure that you feel from Jungkook and the odd feeling of your skin and body being spread and stretched out to fit Taehyung’s rigid cock inside you are enough to numb all the pain. Slowly but surely, the only thing you can feel is pleasure, of all the delightful bliss that you could ever experience as your body welcomes each stroke of cock entering you.

“So tight. Feels so good,” Taehyung grunts deeply as he keeps rocking his hips, starting slowly as he slides his cock out of you and pushes his way back in, repeating the movement a few more times before slowly increasing his pace once you have adjusted to him. The moment he feels you pushing your hips back to welcome him, he let go of his hand, allowing you to suck a deep breath. Though it doesn’t make it easier for you to breathe when Taehyung begins fucking your ass fast and hard, drawing your moans to get louder the more he uses your ass to his pleasure.

Lost in your lustful haze, you are beginning to move your hips, rocking between both men to push back against Taehyung’s constant thrusts while you still have Jungkook’s cock buried in your pussy. Jungkook has yet to move, as if he is giving you a chance to get used to having two cocks inside you. Though it is hard to forget that he is there, with his cock still impaled inside you and his hand rubbing gently on your waist and teasing your clit in circular motions, coaxing your tense muscles to loosen up again so you would stop clutching around his cock so tightly.

It doesn’t take long for Taehyung to notice you rocking between their bodies, slowly taking in the pleasure. He leans into your and whispers, “Look at yourself. Taking in both cocks like a good girl. You love my cock inside your ass, don’t you? I bet your pussy is clenching on Jungkook’s cock right now the same way you are sucking me tight,” Taehyung growls in your ear, his deep voice rumbling from his chest while his words seem to enchant you.

With your hands on Jungkook’s shoulders, you hold on tight for a moment, taking the chance to take quick deep breaths until you are no longer tense. The moment you are no longer sucking on their cocks, Jungkook finally begins to move again. Rocking his hips, he starts with small thrusts into your pussy, his hand leaves your clit to grab a hold onto your rocking breasts and give your nipple a light pinch. It drives you wild, your body shudders and shakes between their moving bodies as you begin to ride the pleasure instead of fighting it.

Finally easing into it, the three of you start moving in tandem, finding a rhythm as Taehyung pushes his way in just when Jungkook pulls back, taking turns in thrusting their cocks deep inside you while you swivel and roll your hips between them at a matching pace. You are filled to the brim and left almost breathless with the various sensation rushing through your body. Both of your holes are stuffed with thick cocks, both are fucking you at a steady rhythm, moving simultaneously together to draw out your pleasure, and you give in with your head falling back and a series of deep guttural moans come slipping right out of your lips.

“Look at you. You’re riding our cocks now like a fucking whore,” Taehyung says, while the only sounds Jungkook makes beneath you are nothing but a series of curses under his breath and low grunts that come out each time he bottoms up, with the tip of his cock hitting deep right at your hilt. Taehyung’s lips nip right at your pulse, his warm breath falls on your skin when he questions you, “Are you close? Are you going to cum again? Such a whore, so easy to cum when you are helpless and while being used, like the slut you are.”

“Please, please,” you practically beg, chanting the word over and over again with each thrust, with each pounding cock, asking for release as you are already tethering on the edge.

“That’s it. Ride our cocks, slut. Ride them like you mean it,” Taehyung coaxes you as you continue to move wildly between them, chasing each cock as your body is shaking with each thrust they give you. “Go on and fuck her hard, Jungkook. She’s taking us both so well.”

Jungkook opens his eyes. Taehyung’s command seems to snap something out of him that his grip on your waist tightens, and he starts pulling you down as he bucks his hips up with a forceful thrust. Your scream echoes in the room, quickly turning into a series of moans when Taehyung reaches out to your front and cups your breasts with his palms. His grasp feels both gentle and firm as he kneads and pulls at your soft flesh. His skin feels hot as it rubs against your hard and sensitive nipples, the soreness from his earlier bites that was left forgotten already begins to sting on your skin once more.

Taehyung uses the hold he has on your upper body as leverage as he shifts at your back, finding a better angle which allows him to move better. With a snarl, he starts pounding his cock into you, while at the same time, Jungkook begins to move faster as well, continuing his rapid pace as he thrusts his cock upward, moving in and out of your pussy with deep grunts coming out of his mouth.

The multiple orgasms that had been coming onto you simultaneously all night have made you grow overly sensitive. Your pussy has gone tender that each thrust is given to you only pushes you further towards your climax at a maddening pace. Added with the relentless pounding from Taehyung, the feeling of your body being filled completely from front to back, there is nothing else stopping you from going over the edge.

“That’s it, baby. Cum around our cocks. Let it go,” Taehyung says, moaning and groaning between each word he is giving you. His fingers give your nipples a hard pinch, while Jungkook’s hand makes its way back to your clit. The constant assaults, the multiple frictions, the hard poundings and Taehyung’s coaxing words are all enough to trigger the first wave of your orgasm, and you plunge into it head first with a loud cry.

You feel like you are floating on cloud nine as your orgasm rips through you. The muscles inside both your pussy and ass are clenching tightly on both cocks as they continue to move inside you, still keeping their rapid pace and force, before your tightness sends both of them off into their climax. You grip Jungkook’s shoulders for balance as they both jerk and flinch almost at the same time, before bottoming up right inside you, filling you up with their cum.

Even after they have both climaxed inside you, neither of them makes a move to stop. Their steady thrusts continue on, pushing the thick cum inside you and rubbing against your sore muscles until you can feel your orgasm building up again. It feels too much, too soon, when you have barely come down from the pleasure that was coursing through you that it feels like you are having one of the most intense orgasms rolling back through your body. It nearly knocks you over, your mind goes blank and your eyes grow hazy, though you can still feel the cocks moving inside you and notice that you are not the only one reaching to another climax.

The cock in your ass slides out of you as the trembles in your body begin to wane down. Pulling away, Taehyung picks you up, unlatching you from Jungkook’s cock before sitting you up in the middle of the bed. Both men rise up on their wobbly feet and kneel on either side of you as they begin jerking their cocks, as if they haven’t had enough yet, even if you can still feel their cum dripping out of you with each pulse of your remaining orgasm.

“Lay back down and open your legs wide, let us see the mess you’ve made,” Taehyung commands you breathlessly, his eyes already looking at the crevice between your legs, his gaze darkening at the glistening sight of your pussy which had been abused constantly throughout the intense night.

Lying back against the pillows, you spread your legs for both of them, showing your soaking folds to their eyes. Reaching down, you spread your folds apart just as your pussy pushes out a few drops of thick cum. The hot mess trails down, mixing in with the cum that has been slipping out of your ass. With trembling fingers, you begin to touch yourself, gathering the drops of cum with the tip of your fingers and spreading them along your slit, before you bring them to your clit and use the slickness of their release to make it easier for you to glide your fingers in circles on your throbbing nub.

Both men give themselves a few more strokes until ropes of their cum land on your face, neck, and breasts, as if marking you with their release. It makes you feel hot and filthy, but you continue to roll your thumb and forefinger on your clit, then slide two other fingers into your pussy, giving yourself another orgasm that rocks your whole body as you lie there between the two of them, their warmth engulfs you as you slowly succumb into the force pulling you to the darkness of sleep.

You have no idea how long you passed out right after. The only thing that registered to you were the soft pillows and the comforting sheets beneath you which helped soothe your body from the intense high. It didn’t feel like you have managed to gain a long enough sleep before you were lifted from the bed. Now you feel as if you are floating, the two strong arms holding you up feel more like safety belts keeping you safe from falling over.

The moment the air around you seems to change, you blink your eyes open, gasping when you find that Taehyung had carried you into his en-suite bathroom.

Smiling at you when he notices that you have come to, he gently sets you down to stand under the running hot water. He moves gently as he begins rubbing a soft washcloth on your skin—on your face, neck, and breasts—making sure that he gets every drop of thick cum that has painted your skin until you are completely clean. Once he is done with it, Taehyung tosses the cloth away and reaches between your legs. He keeps an arm around your waist to keep you up as he starts to wash your pussy, cleaning off the mix of your release and his and Jungkook’s cum. Both your pussy and ass are still sensitive and sore after the fucking that they have given you, but for the first time ever after so long, you feel completely satiated and satisfied from the wild sex that you just had.

The touch of gentle fingers running along your slit makes you shudder, snapping you out of the content haze you have been in. The rush that you feel running through your body makes you gasp, while Taehyung only chuckles in his amusement when he notices you moving your hips, subtly rocking against his hand without you even realising it.

“Still horny, aren’t you? I thought you would be exhausted by now. But that’s not the case, is it?” Taehyung says, leaning down to kiss your neck while allowing you to press your body against his chest. He turns your body until your back is pressed against the cold wall. The pain on your ass from the flogging earlier has started to numb, yet you still flinch at the cold touch.

Taehyung grabs one of your legs and lifts it up, stepping closer right after so he can wrap your leg around his waist. Pressing his body on you, he begins to rock his hips, rubbing his half-erect cock along your folds with a gentle pace that is still enough to have your body shuddering to the touch. “Will you still be able to take it if I push my cock inside you? Will you take my cock like a good girl?”

As he continues to rub his length across your slit, you begin to recognise the subtle signs of your arousal coming back, returning with the same fierceness even when your body is still sore in various places, even in the oddest parts of your body that you don’t even remember being touched. “Please, Sir. I—I can’t. It’s too much,” you whimper softly when Taehyung presses his cock on your pussy harder, moving at an angle that allows the head of his cock to rub against your clit.

“Are you sure?” he asks you with a chuckle and then moves his hips a few more times, drawing more shuddering reactions from your body as if he is trying to prove a point. “Then I’ll stop and take you back to bed so you can rest.”

You should be filled with relief the moment he says that, but at this point, it is far too late for you to stop. You are too far gone now, as your body moves on its own, chasing for the pleasure that he is offering to you. “No, Sir. Please,” you shamelessly beg him while stopping him from moving away with your leg on his waist. Your hips continue to rock against him, rubbing your throbbing pussy along the length of his cock which has grown stiff from the frictions he gave you. “Please, give me your cock. I’ll be a good girl and take your cock inside me.”

“Are you sure?” Taehyung asks you, he pulls away from your neck and gives your lips a quick peck. Once again, he slips out of his role when he whispers softly, “I don’t want to hurt you.”

“I need to—” you try to speak, only to gasp softly when you feel him reaching between you to align his cock back at your pussy. You feel its bulbous head pressing on your entrance and you push forward against him, bucking your hips against his body so he would push his way in. “Please, Sir. I want to cum, please.”

Giving you one last kiss on your mouth, Taehyung pulls back to aim his cock right at your throbbing pussy and pushes his way inside you slowly. Still sore, you let out a hiss at the invasion, when the feeling of his cock rubbing against your sensitive walls and its head spreading you apart feels almost painful. But the pain doesn’t last, as soon he begins to rock at a delicate pace, enough to rouse the rush of pleasure back to life. He keeps a steady pace as he rocks his hips, sliding in and out of you without the same force as the one he used earlier when he fucked you to oblivion with all the dirty things he did to you.

This time, it almost feels like he is taking his time, giving you gentle strokes as he buries his cock deep inside you, letting you feel each brush of his girth along your walls. Not too soon after, you start to feel your orgasm approaching, rising slowly until you begin to twitch and tremble when its waves rise from deep inside you. Feeling this, Taehyung begins to pick up his pace, thrusting and pounding his cock into you rapidly to further push you towards the edge.

“Cum for me. That’s it. Good girl,” he keeps cooing at you breathlessly between the deep grunts he keeps making on each thrust he is giving you. He gives you a couple of more strokes, going fast and deep as he keeps hitting at the right spots, until you erupt into your final orgasm, shuddering in your pleasure with your pussy clenching tightly around him. With a low moan, Taehyung joins you in his climax, once again filling your pussy with his release.

The next time you open your eyes again after what had seemed to be another blackout moment as a result of an out-of-the-world type of orgasm, you find yourself in bed, resting on top of the soft pillows that Taehyung has always kept in his bedroom suite. Still naked yet completely clean after the filthy shower, your body is partly covered by a thin blanket, though it doesn’t do much to serve you the modesty that you may need when it only covers your breasts while leaving your legs free.

What wakes you up this time is not the change of atmosphere, nor strong arms handling you while you are barely awake. What rouses you to wake is the rising wave of pleasure, slowly building up from your pussy and surging through your body so steadily that it seems to sneak up on you. It takes a while for your hazy mind to recognise the feeling of mouth and tongue working on your pussy, and it takes a not-so-gentle nip on your clit to finally snap you awake with a jolt, though it seems like your body is being held down that you have nowhere else to go.

You open your eyes, blinking until your sight is clear enough to see Jungkook’s face buried between your parted legs, his strong hands seem to be the ones that have been holding you down to him as he was eating you up. He looks up when he hears the sound of your soft gasp, smiling against your skin before capturing your clit and giving it a hard suck to send you shaking against his face.

“Oh, God!”

Before you can react, Taehyung pulls you from the side and captures your lips to give you a kiss. “Welcome back,” he says while licking on your swollen lips, drawing a soft moan from you when Jungkook mimics his action with a soft lick on your pussy.

“Was I out for too long?”

Taehyung shakes his head. “No, only for about ten minutes. You were moaning in your sleep and grinding your crotch to Jungkook’s side just when he was about to leave.”

“He was leaving?” you gasp at him while unintentionally pulling your hips back from Jungkook’s face when you try to sit up.

Chuckling deeply, Jungkook pulls back to ask you, “Do you want me to stop?”

With a desperate groan, you reach down to grab his face and push him down so he would place his mouth back on your pussy. “No, don’t you dare stop. Get your mouth back on me again and start sucking.”

“Your wish is my command,” Jungkook answers you with a grin, then he goes back to work, as he laps and nips and sucks on your pussy and clit until you are bucking against his face, riding the pleasure that he is giving you as you let your head fall back to the pillows.

Taehyung slides closer, taking your mouth to drown your moans with his kisses while running his hands down your body. It almost seems like he is being possessive, unwilling to let Jungkook take all the attention when he devours your lips.

"Why haven't we done this before?" you whisper to him between his kisses, moaning softly when Jungkook’s mouth keeps finding the right spots to draw out your pleasure.

"So you want to do this again? Do you want Jungkook to stay then?“ Taehyung asks you with a wicked smile on his face. Something in his eyes tells you that not only does he enjoys thinking about the prospect of continuing the night, he also has some plans cooked up for you in the future. Something that may involve him sharing you with his friend.

“Let him stay,” you whisper to him, trembling with the thought of repeating tonight’s playtime and having another wild night with them together. Then you push your hips down, lowering yourself to Jungkook’s mouth as he slips his tongue into your pussy. “And I might have to call the front desk to let them know that I’m considering to book the whole night for both of you.”

“Consider it done,” Taehyung answers you with a chuckle, before his lips return to yours, distracting you from his hands as he captures your wrists, bringing them to rest above your head to keep them away as he starts another playtime, making it quite obvious that he has yet to run out of ideas to make this night as wild as he wants it to be, making sure that this would be the night that you will never forget.

It turns out that there is no need for you to wait until the end of the night to decide that you are extending your stay. Both of them continue to take turns in fucking you, sleeping in between sessions in a naked heap on Taehyung’s messy bed. You take them in your mouth, let them shove their cocks into your throat until your jaw grows numb and you begin to believe that you have Jungkook’s cock piercing indented your inner cheeks permanently. Occasionally, they would have a go at you together, with Taehyung at one orifice and Jungkook at the other, making sure that you would not spend a moment too long without any of your holes—your pussy, your ass, your mouth—being filled with their glorious cocks.

Thank you for reading!!!!

— © 2022 Yoonia, all rights reserved. reposting/modifying of any kind is not allowed. translations are not allowed.

[anarchyincarnate]

#Isekaid!SAGAU!SMUT

Pairing; Diluc x Touya!Todoroki!Reader x Kaeya

A/N: am I going to be the guy that writes SAGAU smut? Yes. [I mean, somebody's gotta do it.]

summary; just two hotties cooling down an emo.

C/W: body worship, mentions of past trauma, fluffy smut, temperature play?, cowgirl position, Boobjob, biting, slight threesome.

pronouns: They/Them (AMAB!reader)

Moonlight poured through the window, covering the three in a silver sheen. they were in Diluc's bedroom, having requested that Creator rests comfortably. Kaeya was busy rubbing his cold hands over Creator's warm and scarred collarbone while their large cock sheeth itself inside the blue haired male.

They could feel the gentle warmth of Diluc's palm resonating on their half burned abdomen, it caresses the metal holding them together. Both of their lips intertwined, while Kaeya's were kissing the rough skin of their bottom jaw.

The two found out the reason behind creator's scars. a result of pushing past one's limit that went too far. Creator had lost their mind due to the suffering they've endured, making the two feel thankful that their father was kind. its a shame that someone as holy as Creator had been hurt, their body is a painting of agony, serving as a reminder of the abuse that happened behind closed doors.

it never really bothered creator, though it does hurt when they try to staple their body back together. it had happened before, and.. lets just say they had to make a trip to barbara.

Creator couldnt help but gasp lowly at the contact Kaeya made with his teeth on their neck. the sensation of his cold hands and diluc's warmth sent their body to overdrive. it was odd, really. it took a very long time for Them to be comfortable relishing in the affection given by their acolytes, they never felt so loved before.

the others were livid beyond belief when news broke out of creator's past. They wanted to hunt down their father and punish him for his crimes, but they couldnt. it brought them shame when they realized they were powerless.

Klee and Albedo, who first founded creator in the midst of blue flames covering the rocky terrain despite them both being in dragonspine, were shocked to see them.

They brought them to Albedo's lab and immediately started to patch them up. Klee couldn't hold back her tears seeing creator's appearance.

Kaeya moved his hands down further, reaching where the two connected, pressing his hand on the outlining bulge peeking through his stomach.

"Ha-Ah-! Look a-at where you are inside me, it's so big~." He teased them, biting their earlobe. Creator couldn't help but get harder when they saw it.

Diluc moved his hand towards their perky nipples, flicking the nub back and forth, entering his tounge into creator's mouth, the blue haired male chuckled, "Hey, Diluc~ don't you think we should take it up a notch?"

Creator's eyes widened slightly when Kaeya pulled them out of him, admiring the red and swollen tip that constrated with the metal piercing.

Kaeya got on his knees, and hold onto their cock. The tip spilled pre cum all over his hand, which he spread all over his tits, and placing the organ between them.

He began to squeeze, and fondle his tits, pressing them up and down Creator's cock.

"W-Wait- That feels--! Good-!"

"I'm... Glad he can be of service, my lord." Diluc mumbled from behind them. "Kaeya," the man hummed.

"How about we truly show them our gratitude, huh? We have all night after all~"

"Heh, you getting bold, huh Diluc? Well then, I'd love too, Brother."

[bnha-dumpster]

SVWUAGAGAG DUDE DUDE BRO I KNRW YOUD COME BACK LIKE - how about deku and bakugou in a 'threesome'? For the inbox thing hehe

threesomes are always good. also i may have indulged myself whoops

pairing: bakugou x male reader x deku content tags: threesome, spitroasting, soft(?) facefucking, praise and degradation, dom/sub elements, light choking word count: 1.4k

It’s hard to tell if you’re being given a punishment or a reward. The behavior of your lovers tend to be the polar opposite of each other. When one of them is sweet, the other one is harsh. They always make you dizzy with how they act around you, especially in private.

“W-wait, am I in trouble?” 

Bakugou has already torn your shirt off, biting along your neck and shoulders with aggression. You know for a fact that he’s biting enough to draw blood- he always does. He loves to leave marks that you can’t hide. He loves it even more if they’re marks that take a long time to go away. 

It’s a stark contrast to the way Midoriya is gently peppering your face with kisses and leaving light touches on your chest. His hands nearly cover your entire chest, lighting a small fire within you. Fingers circle your nipples a few times before pinching them, rubbing them gently. 

The different approaches have you confused as usual, mind racing to figure out what exactly is going on. 

“Did you do something that’ll get you in trouble? Don’t tell me you did something bad, baby?” Midoriya’s voice is soft, but you know better. He’s testing you, waiting for you to slip up. You keep quiet. That’s not a good idea. Bakugou’s hand comes to wrap around your throat and give a light squeeze. It’s only enough to be threatening, enough to get you to speak. 

“No, I didn’t!” A little too eager. “I mean- I’ve been good... I’ve been good, right?” 

Your reaction is adorable. They know you didn’t do anything, they just like seeing you squirm. The way you look at them with such pleading eyes and hold onto each of them with one hand makes them want to swallow you whole. 

“Hm, I don’t know.” There’s something about the way your green haired boyfriend looks at you that makes you feel like you’re about to be eaten. “What do you think, Kaachan?” 

“I think...” Bakugou’s hand squeezes a tiny bit more as he nibbles your ear. “He’s going to have to prove it.”

Your hands are holding onto Midoriya like he’s your lifeline. And well, he is. 

Bakugou has your ass tonight and he’s never gentle with you. Two fingers, the only lube he’s given you is the spit you managed to coat on them when they were shoved in your mouth. They’re already curling against your prostate with ease. Both of them know exactly where it is. 

“You’re doing so good for us, honey.” Midoriya kisses your forehead and gently begins to stroke your cock. He’s doing his best to distract you from the pain, but Bakugou isn’t having that. A harsh, hot slap against your ass makes you cry out and curl against Midoriya even more. The coos and praises he gives you are drowned out by another slap and a growl.

“Shut up, Deku. You know he loves it.” Another intense curl into your prostate coaxes out a moan. “That’s right. You love it, you love it when I treat you like a bitch, huh?” 

His words are so mean. Tears well up in your eyes, which Midoriya quickly kisses away. You whimper and try to urge him to stop the blond. It’s a lost cause when the hand gently stroking your dick goes harder, squeezing a little. A small cry and your legs give way, hands falling from his shoulders to the bed. It’s too much. 

More coos come from the man in front of you. You don’t realize that you’re at the right level to nuzzle against his clothed erection until it actually happens. Just by looking up at him, your cheek brushes against the fabric barely containing his cock. His hand comes to push your head further against him. Midoriya looks down at you with adoration, using his other hand to hastily release himself. It practically slaps against your cheek. It’s hot, heavy and thick- the same cock you’re addicted to. 

“Don’t forget about me, dammit.” 

Bakugou’s cock rests on your ass, just as hot as Midoriya’s. That’s all the warning you get before he slams it deep into you, bottoming out in a single thrust. A load moan comes out of your lips. You nuzzle your head further against the cock in front of you, eyes closed. 

“Open your mouth for me, honey.” Through the shock of Bakugou suddenly entering you, you do what the green haired hero asks of you. You open your mouth and let your jaw go slack, tongue lolling out. The head rubs onto your tongue for a moment before a hand gently forces it all down your throat. You gag and try to pull your head away, but it’s being held in place. 

“You’re doing so good, honey. Breathe through your nose for me, okay?” 

“Shut the fuck up, Deku.” Whatever clarity you had with them both staying still is shatters when Bakugou pulls out slowly and slams back into you. A mix of a moan and a sob is muffled by Midoriya’s cock. 

You can hear both of them groan. It fills you with pride that you can bring those noises out of him. Well, it does until they begin to move. 

Midoriya’s pace is gentle as he fucks your face, petting your head and smiling at you. Each time he’s fully in your throat, he tells you how good you feel and how you’re doing so well. Bakugou, however, is aggressive as usual. The hands on your hips are holding tight enough that you’re sure he’s going to leave bruises. Hips slam into yours and they way he fills you up is just the slightest bit overwhelming. 

“You’re so fuckin’ tight. Really milking me... You want my cock that bad?” 

His words start to get muffled inside your head. The blatantly different ways they handle you has you confused already. Your hands tremble as they hold onto the bed, trying to ground yourself in some way. It doesn’t work. 

You’re unraveling before you know it. Eyes shut tight and body tensing as you cum, your boyfriends watch you with careful eyes. They love the way you lose yourself and become a mess once you’re down from your high. You tremble and whine, hands pushing weakly for them to stop. The way your ass clenches around Bakugou’s cock and your whines vibrate against him perfectly- it’s heaven. 

They’re nowhere near done. 

“You can do more. I know you can, honey. You make us feel so good, honey.” Those pleading eyes of yours only spur Midoriya to praise you more. He wants to see you greedily drink up his cum like it’s the best thing in the world. His free hand goes under to rub your neck. There’s the feeling of his cock stretching your throat open each time he forces your head down. It’s intoxicating. 

“Don’t get too carried away, Deku. If you’re not careful, you’ll actually fucking choke him.” Those words don’t mean much when he’s fucking you at a ridiculous pace. He’s similar to Midoriya in wanting you to beg for him to cum in your ass. You can’t do it with a cock shoved down your throat, but he’ll find a way to get it out of you. 

Soon, only the sound of skin meeting skin and groans are filling the room. No arguing, no comments- just the focus of bringing your body further and further past your limit. They have so much more stamina than you, so much more restraint. 

You barely notice the stutter of Midoriya’s hips and the way his cock twitches in your throat as he cums. Only, “Honey... Swallow it all for me,” before he empties his balls down your throat. Without much thought, you gulp it down. Your head is too clouded to really think. 

Bakugou follows soon after, stilling himself deep inside you and filling you with his cum. It’s warm and now that your mouth is free, a whimper is clearly heard. With reluctance, the blond pulls out of you and watches you completely collapse onto the bed. You sink into it, exhausted and spent. 

How many times did you cum? You’re not sure after the first one. It melted into a mess of pleasure and pain before long. And now you’re barely awake, holding out your hands as usual. Bakugou holds your right, Midoriya holds your left. It’s a gentle reassurance that they’re still with you after it. 

“I’ll run a bath.” 

Those words don’t reach you but you do feel your left hand being left empty. A concerned whine leaves you and Bakugou flips you over to hold you in his arms. 

“The nerd’s just going to start a bath for you. We’re not going anywhere.” A content hum from you and the blond picks you up. He kisses your forehead, “You did really good, Y/N. We love you so much.”

Ah, those are your favorite words.

[bemylord]

ᴏᴠᴇʀʜᴇᴀʀ ᴏᴜʀ ꜱᴇx

synopsis: levi had accidentally listened to you and erwin having sex and gets super turned on. he starts to notice all the subtle touches you give one another through the day, he thinks that you don't know that he sees it, but both of you just want to see how far this can go until levi snaps.

thanks @gipumar for an idea, i hope you'll like it!

pairings: levi x fem!reader x erwin.

warnings: nsfw, exhibitionism/voyeurism, threesome, oral [both fem and male receiving], cigarettes and alcohol mentioned, upprotected sex, size kink, double penetration.

w/c: 3.6k

the room is illuminated with a muffled light from the trembling candle in the corner, which barely burns by reason of an opened window. the captain levi has been stuck here since he came up from the escapade, trying to deal with the stack of paper. he's smoking the cigarette apathetically, frowned and clench the cheekbone, reading the next article.

levi lazily rubs his eyelids, straightens his legs, taking a comfortable position. erwin gave a massive heap of different articles and direction, saying: 'we lack chaste people here who can deal with it, would you mind do it?' levi couldn't say no - the question formulation will hit on his ego if he rejected the task.

the head tossed back when the flame of the candle had faded out from the breeze outside. the ackerman is out of composure, not having the force to maintain an urge deep inside his soul. sitting in a semidarkness room when only the faint light of the moon illuminates the office.

he stood up from the chair, coming to the window. outside the building only drunken people are speaking loudly about nonsense. the captain snorted, exhaling cigarette smoke he'd lost count of. third or fourth, maybe seventh - he doesn't know; all he knows is to deal with a paper and take a warm shower after all.

'he probably busy or sleeping, erwin' he hears a female voice from erwin's office. first, he thought is his hallucination awaken due to the work he's been doing.

'wait for me in our bedroom, honey, i've practically done with it'

'i want you now, my captain'

he overhears the dialogue he shouldn't have to listen to, break into the intimate relationship. that's counting as voyeurism, hearing as his commander, although he rarely calls him the commander only among the people to be respectful, spending his time with you. levi recognized your voice by the little whine you put at the last word; you did it seldom when erwin prohibits to do your requests. levi isn't the type who would spying or pursuing insofar as heard someone voice in the erwin's cabinet.

he took a puff from a cigarette, wiggling his head as he's trying to deal with an obscene thought in his mind. levi is used to be stern and rectilinear, but currently, his clarity of mind hammered with one question: they'll be doing intimate intercourse in the office?

nobody's gonna find out the captain of the survey corps being listened to how his allies are having sex. how would they know? he crossed his arms on the chest, holding the cigarette with his teeth, prick up his ears.

it's inappropriate to be listening.

in the next room reached out chair squeak and some heavy objects, probably books that being on erwin's desk, fall onto the ground. perhaps his hearsay has improved, thanks to the dead silence in the town. people are peacefully sleeping, only a few drunken people are wiggling among the alley. he extinguished his cigarette on the wooden table, leaving it there as well, and left the room. a clock is reading far past midnight: cadets are sleeping, even though several people guarding the building, probably lurking in a secluded area and taking a nap. whilst levi is scrutinizing through the papers, erwin is having a ravishing night.

the hallway is illuminated by few candles, the atmosphere is electrifying: getting caught by spying at the erwin's and his lover isn't the wonderful feeling he'd like to feel. the door is closed, but sounds are still coming from the room: smooches and squelches, the quiet whimpers you're trying to quell, are knocking out from your hazy mind. if there would be an opportunity to have a peek on you, levi'd take advantage of it, scorching the image of you and smith naked deep in his mind.

not that levi couldn't please him by himself or find a girlfriend, what happened if he'll take a quick peel on both of you? clearness of his mind is dazzling by the cigarettes he had been smoking. he's declining the thought it may be because he hasn’t gotten a possibility to masturbate in a few weeks. presumably, the momentary expedition had taken more days than it should be, leaving levi in a desperate state. naturally, he can go without masturbation for months but he is a grown man with needs, as silly as it may sound.

'captain, slow down if you don't want to be heard'

'he probably busy or sleeping, have you forgotten your words, dear?

the sudden way of arousal covered him, levi has gotten barely prominently shiver, as he heard your conversation. obscene squelches are increased and levi should be gone, if he doesn't want to be declassified. it was obvious from the sounds that you're having a climax, as your previously whimpers turned into the purr reaching it. levi swallowed with a certain breathlessness, looking down: it must those days without touching himself.

'i'm not done with you, naughty girl. do you think you dare interrupt me from my work? leave the room after me'

it's the moment when levi shall pace back to his office and mind his business but still standing there, wait for erwin's appearance. he takes some steps back, pretending he left the room contemporaneously with erwin, without knowing it. proofs of being worked as hell are his sweet on the hairline and bags under eyes: he has made an excuse. why he must make excuses for leaving the office at the midnight? erwin went from his cabinet covered with a little bit of sweet on his forehead and an unbuttoned shirt.

'levi? aren't you supposed to sleep? it's ... quite late for awakening'

the ackerman snorted, rolling his eyes. the erwin's appearance instills him he had been pleased for the time levi's been doing the task. smith yet is regaining breathing, closed the door.

'i'm doing your task, erwin, you forgotten? anyways, can we talk in your office?'

'i'd like to, but i'm exhausted as you. why don't we both come to our rooms and take a nap?'

the levi's mind issues a telltale signal to stop talking and do as erwin told him: he needs to remove the bulge in his pants. light illumination in the hallway concealed a levi's problem.

'yeah, you should take a nap, you look really exhausted. come to my office as soon as you'll wake up, erwin'

as soon as he turned around toward his office, the commander quite exhaled, button his shirt. as he closed the door, he tossed his head back against the door, unzipped the pants to release the problem. what happened in the hallway, why he acted like a moron if he can go back to his chair and scrutinize papers. something snapped in the mind to dare to talk with erwin after his quick sex unawares him and declassified. he should have been gone when he overheard as both of you reached the climax, wanting to have aftercare in the bedroom or kiss each other there without being exhibited. the clarity of mind was full of dirty thoughts he was incapable of deal with, still having a dizzy mind. those days without even touching the area he wanted, might put him in a trouble.

levi is melting when he spat in his hand, making strokes on his cock. a blissful moment of delighting. he never thought that spying on someone who is having intercourse will set him on the pleasure. with the other hand, he clutches his shaggy hair, imaging erwin and you in his office having sex. erwin spinning you around to face the desk, going inside you without a warning, stretching your walls. you could feel his curves and every vein in his dick, you swear you could: erwin's dick is hot and hard of the anticipation. foreboding the orgasm which will come over him with a wave after a few minutes being inside you - marvelous.

'i'm gonna deal with papers, not imagining them being closed'

he has your hands behind your back, squeezing your wrists hard 'till you can't fill your fingers, leaving on your soft skin half-moons, subsequently will turn on into small bruises in the morning.

'i shouldn't have to think about it, it's obscenely'

the climax makes you and erwin melting: you're squeezing his dick, making him lose the vestiges composure.

'maybe i'm gonna think about it once'

- - -

the next days were less troubled: levi was training new soldiers, trying not to stay up too late, so that he won't have repeated incidents. he was trying to read a book but failed up by caught himself thinking about that night. levi couldn't help himself every time he looks at you or erwin side. it wasn't a big deal - getting caught isn't a good memory, but levi thinks both of you didn't know he was listening to it.

it was less troubled until he started to notice all frisky touches you gave to erwin. those touches were clearly aren't purposeless or aimless, you rub his shoulder when you see nobody's watching. you look around, ascertaining everyone is busy, ruffle your lover's hair, laughing as he takes your wrists, mildly leaves kisses from the wrist to the knuckle. it doesn't bother him - conversely, he smiles when sees the way erwin raises the corner of his lips ogling at you.

being in love is cool, especially when the feelings are mutual. once levi peeks, not that he was spying all the time on both of you, he went out from his bedroom to have a glass of water. you and erwin were at the dining room, chatting and laughing over some situations, maybe you had been planning your future together. suddenly, erwin hoisted you up by your waist as you were enclasping your legs around his torso - you're a perfect couple, aren't you?

light touches when erwin checks up on new soldiers, you lightness conducted at his spine with your finger, perhaps feeling as he got tensed by your unexpected touch. ackerman isn't jealous but deadpan - why you kept touching him if there's a risk to be declassified. you aren't children to hide your relationship, no one dares to acknowledge to discover your secret as if it can be called a secret.

the night he awakes isn't a specific one, levi has sort of nightmares of war and titans inside the wall, demolishing and killing people, soldiers, crushing everything on their way. a small walk around the building may help him takes a brief nap. apprehensions about you and erwin disappear well, yeah, he has gotten both of you, but it won't happen again. although, he got turned on that night, masturbating lately at his bedroom, scorching an image of you at smith's lap bouncing on his dick, sort of deviated thoughts he couldn't get out of your head.

the hallway is illuminated by candles, guards are sleeping or chatting at the roof because no one could make debauchery due to levi and erwin are here. soldiers basically scared of being beaten by levi, knowing his passion to learn dissidents to be respectful and know their place.

levi walks among rooms in a leisurely way, enjoying the silence and solitude of a warm night. the wind isn't exhausted the candle in the building - calmly summer night without any accidents.

for the time being.

sitting in the cellar by his own, drinking the sturdy alcohol, attempting to recover from thoughts: it's sort of drug he is addicted to. addicted to sounds and imagies in his mind. regardless of how many shot glasses he has been drinking, he could feel the intoxicated state, a certain state of being wobbly, but his mind keeps being clear.

returning back to his bedroom, thinking that alcohol might help him take a short nap, he overhears your voice from erwin's room. he's losing his self-restraint as your voice is quieting down for a second, again he hears your purr and mumbling, not being unable to understand what you're muttering. levi coming close to a small gorge between the door and the frame, swallowing, before have a peek at you.

just as he was contemplating: you're half-naked, wearing only pants, baring your upper body to your lover. heartbeats are increasing when he takes a look one more time, seeing as the commander stroking the bulge through the trousers. he shouldn't have to be here, ogling at you and erwin but he couldn't move, only stares at you squeezing your nipples, quelling your moans by biting your lips.

it won't happen again, it won't happen again, but it's happening right now, levi is substantially is peeping at you. the commander is sitting at the edge of the bed, smirking at your naked body, perfect and well-tightened body.

he should run away from your bedroom, it isn't correct to barge into your intimate life or relationship at all but one look at your body is melting him, overwhelming the mind. you moved on his lap, slightly push your lover into the bed, sat on the bulge. you're squirming on it, making round movements on it, unbuttoning the shirt.

pads of your fingers are feeling the muscular erwin's body, running over his abs and chest, breathing out heavily. you stood up only to tug your trousers down to the floor, stay completely naked moving again into his lap.

'for how long you're gonna stand there and watching us having the fun, not joining?' the question you uttered was addressed to levi; you turned toward the door, having an absolutely accurately he is standing behind the door. 'levi, come and play with us, we know you've been listening to our sex in our office'

he acts childish but opened the door, entered the room. the atmosphere is arousing captain, seeing woman's body like it his first time. you aren't hiding your body though. levi absentmindedly stares at you, closed tight eyes trying to make an excuse yet not having enough time. his hairline his hairline is covered with sweat as evidence of his excitement. your taken body is beckoning him to touch your curves, leave on your neck a couple of hickeys as if you were taken by him. levi might be listened to by your sweet moans but not touching you.

'come and touch her, levi, it's alright'

erwin's permission makes levi moves to the bed, stood by your back as his long fingers running over your back to the nape.

'i-i won't be soft with you as erwin does, y/n, you get it?'

you laughed at his warning while smith rolled backward, providing you a bulge.

'wanna feel two dicks in my cunt'

you uttered the phrase frivolously like it's the basic phrase you say every day, not worrying what will be in a few minutes. your words were like a red cloth for a bull released from the corral. he's losing composure when staring at how fastly you unzipped erwin's trousers, quickly going over the glans of the penis with a tongue. before you could put his cock inside, you felt on your head levi's palms, holding your by temples, swiftly forcing to place your mouth into the dick.

you'd lie if you tell you don't like it.

with one hand, levi makes a fist of your hair, regulating the pace and the depth of penetration of the penis inside you, controlling every your movements, adjusting everything on his own. with another, he reached down to your already willing pussy, as you were sopping for hours, finally getting what you've been needy. your wetness is overwhelming, you're constricting when he entranced with one finger inside, massaging spongy spot deeply there, knocking out a serial of quell whimpers from your mouth.

levi kneels, wobbling for a second, shall he continue or stop. the answer to his unnamed question was your shift back in levi's face, kinda begging for initiating from his side to lick or press his fingers on your swollen clit. you're definetely been playing for some time before he interrupted their foreplay.

he tugged your hips on his face, lick from the clit to the wet entrance, making a serial of an acute moves on your hole, burying his face deep as far as it's possible in your pussy. your willingness and desire to be fucked by two thick cocks makes levi's cock twitched in the fabric, speeding up the shift of the tongue, keeping thinking about the future events.

'wanna feel two dicks in my cunt'

an echo of your phrase is on replay in his mind as a reminder that he should make you cum before giving you a double penetration. you're melting by receiving and giving oral, attempting to focus on sucking dick and wiggling on levi's face, when he slaps your booty. levi slightly bite your inner things, kissing the mark immediately back again to your drooling cunt.

ackerman put inside two fingers, stretching sticky walls, kissing your legs and ankles. being soft, retaining the remnants of composure, for now, to show the dark side afterward. afterward, he makes you cum on his fingers. you squeezed fingers when he's massaging that spot, feeling how your legs are shaking.

'keep sucking my cock while cumming'

erwin's severed voice didn't give it a chance to pull out cock, but you don't want to disappoint your commander. levi masterfully uses his fingers to make you shiver and bringing your knees together to climax as you're tensing and dripping. he didn't miss the opportunity to walk on the moist crotch, licking your juices.

levi is blossomed by your quelling moans and your willingness to obey a commander, though you wanted to stop sucking and scream erwin's name in delight. your desire you pronounced at the beginning levi couldn't forget, standing up from knees. you're still shaking and being mild from an orgasm you've gotten.

the thought of being flattened by two hot and muscular bodies, covered in sweat and those dicks are twitching, wanting to feel and stretch your cunt. you moistened commander's dick last time, moved your body between his member, leading his cock in your soggy hole, putting his cock inside with a squelchy sound.

the goosebumps run down your skin and your heart beats at a frantic pace. you gasps for the air, regardless of the opened window, it's hard for you to breathe. because of their bodies and fingers, because of the thought have your first penetration with the strongest men.

'i'm going inside, y/n'

a spontaneously levi's warning makes you bend over closer to erwin, kissing his lips, feeling the second dick inside you. you don't regret what you've said, digging your nails into the blond's strong shoulders as levi going inside, stretching you to the max.

at first, they give you a few seconds to adjust to the new feeling, before erwin did a slight thrust in you. he did it purpose: he wants to see his chest and shoulders dotted in the half-moons and patterns from your nail in the morning, so he could be mocking all day, telling you how dirty you were.

ackerman words 'i won't hold back, y/n, i'm going to be rough' come into reality, when he pulls your hair back, makes you arch your back. he holds your waist, going higher to clench your hard nipple. ackerman is closed to your ear, kissing under your earlobe to the jaw, moving in a very tight hole.

being flattened by two hot and muscular bodies is mind-boggling as their tips are reaching to the inner lump. smith's hands are running over your hips as he's ogling you and levi having a deep and humid kiss. sharing the lover is inappropriate but turns him on even more. the friction of two cocks going in and out, obscene squelches spread throughout the room. it's too much - incorrectly be fucking by the captain while you've got the one who can put on high, although two dicks feels too good to deny anything.

the shiver again caught your body as you're feeling your soon climax. both of them are feeling it too.

'cum one more time, constricting your cunt on our cocks'

the tense between your legs, and your orgasm crashed in an instant wave, creaming their dicks. the mess down there and your licentious attitude erwin's gonna remained you for weeks, telling how slutty you were, tightening over cocks and creaming on the length.

what happened next was like a fog - both of them yet took out their dicks to cum all over your body. the fluttering on your body is feeling perfect, had been fucked by two captains.

'how do you feel, sweetie?'

not giving a damn about formalities and the fact that you are his property or girlfriend, levi affectionately kisses your back, caressing your hips. erwin kissing your stomach, pressing your chest against his, tugs your face close to his, left a soft kiss on your lips. you didn't answer, there was no need for that: your contented expression was the evidence of your wonderful well-being. he lay down on the bed without strength, covering the blanket bodies, holding your waist, burying his face in the back of your neck. erwin holds your tiny hands in his, staring at how you falling asleep, smiling.

still, your request was admirably was made.

//~~//

:3

[actuallysaiyan]

Sasuke Uchiha Spicy/N-S-F-W alphabet!

A = Aftercare (what they’re like after sex)

Sasuke isn’t very into aftercare like some other people might be. He’ll probably just get himself cleaned up, and he’ll give you a washcloth or something like that. Afterwards, he just goes back to doing what he normally does. He might give you a sweet, little kiss and if you want to shower with him, he won’t say no. Don’t expect too much from Sasuke after sex.

B = Body part (their favorite body part of theirs and also their partner’s)

Sasuke would probably say his eyes are his favorite body part. It’s kind of an obvious answer, but that doesn’t bother him one bit. His eyes have an amazing prowess and he’s not going to let anyone tell him otherwise.

On his partner, he hates to admit it, but it’s always going to be their smile. It’s warm, sunny and makes him feel wanted and loved. It’s his one weakness in a partner, and it has to do with the fact that people who love and care about him always smiled at him.

C = Cum (anything to do with cum, basically)

All Uchihas have a breeding kink, and that’s the hill I will die on. Sasuke definitely wants to pump you full of his cum, and he’ll definitely hope you’ll get pregnant so that he can continue his clan. He needs you to help carry on the Uchiha name, and he’s not afraid of fucking you for hours and pumping you full of cum.

As for you, he’s going to enjoy overstimulating you. Just the thought of you whimpering and whining as he fucks you over and over, making you cum for the umpteenth time...it’s just something that absolutely drives him insane. 

D = Dirty secret (pretty self explanatory, a dirty secret of theirs)

He would absolutely never admit it, but he’s interested in maybe having a threesome with you and Naruto. The idea of the two of them dominating you is something he fantasizes about more than he’d like to say so. It’s not like it’s something he’s going to beg you or Naruto to do, but if the situation were to arise...well, let’s just say he wouldn’t say no.

E = Experience (how experienced are they? do they know what they’re doing?)

Sasuke isn’t experienced, but he is quite the prodigy with almost everything else. He’s very naturally talented at so many things and he enjoys practicing and training until he gets insanely good at something. So, he’s definitely going to know what’s going on before he even gets to try it. He’s just that good.

F = Favorite position (this goes without saying)

This is a toss up between cowgirl or the mating press. The man wants to fuck many babies into you, but he also enjoys watching you ride him like crazy. Just seeing you bounce up and down on his cock, he’s going to be watching you with intent.

G = Goofy (are they more serious in the moment? are they humorous? etc.)

Sasuke is hardly ever goofy or humorous, but he might make a dirty joke. It comes out very sarcastically, but it’s very sexy when it’s coming from him. He’s very serious about sex and life. You won’t see him joking around much, but he may crack a smile from time to time while having sex.

H = Hair (how well groomed are they? does the carpet match the drapes? etc.)

Sasuke is clean-shaven down there. He doesn’t like the way it feels when he has sex, and he also doesn’t have a whole lot of body hair. The body hair he does have is very dark, and so the carpet definitely matches the drapes.

I = Intimacy (how are they during the moment? the romantic aspect)

Sasuke is very serious during the moment, and sometimes he can be very sweet and caring. Most of the time, he treats you a little bit like a sex slave that’s basically an incubator for his children...which is something you both agreed to when you got into the relationship. He will show you he cares often, but it’s not always what you need to hear or what you need to see. Sasuke has a hard time being romantic, but he does try as best as he can.

J = Jack off (masturbation headcanon)

This isn’t something he does that often, but if you aren’t around and the mood strikes him, he’ll find a nice quiet place to do this. It’s just not his favorite thing to do, as he’d rather be doing the act itself.

K = Kink (one or more of their kinks)

What kinks does he not have? ^^’ He loves creampies, breeding kink, tying you up, BDSM...the list goes on and on. He very much enjoys dominating you and showing you a very good time. One of his all-time favorite kinks is overstimulation, in which you are just a moaning and whimpering mess beneath him and you’ve drenched him in your own cum.

L = Location (favorite places to do the do)

Sasuke prefers doing it on the bed, but he’s not against doing it in other places. He enjoys taking you on almost any surface that he can, and he’s not opposed to having semi-public sex. It makes him so aroused to have the risk of almost getting caught by passersby. It’s something that really fuels him on.

M = Motivation (what turns them on, gets them going)

As stated above, Sasuke likes being fueled on by being almost caught by someone. He also will get so turned on if you whisper in his ear...but something that really gets him going is if you show him lots of affection. He likes to pretend he hates it, but in reality, nothing turns him on more than you showing him how much you truly love him. It makes his heart race!

N = No (something they wouldn’t do, turn offs)

Sasuke is pretty much into almost anything, but he does like to have your consent before trying anything new. He doesn’t seem the type to want that, but he is that kind of guy. If it doesn’t fly with you, it’s not going to happen. He loves you and cherishes you, so he needs to make sure you’re enjoying yourself as well.

O = Oral (preference in giving or receiving, skill, etc.)

Ohhhh Sasuke absolutely adores oral. He actually loves giving it, but that doesn’t mean he doesn’t like receiving it. If you get on your knees in front of him and start sucking him off, he’s going to basically crumble in your hands and turn into putty. If you look up at him with your doe eyes as you deep throat him, he might actually cum right then and there.

As for giving, he enjoys licking and sucking you until you cum all over his face and chest. He’ll keep stimulating you until you’re basically fighting him off of you. It’s just something that he enjoys, and if you whine and whimper, it adds to the whole act of course.

P = Pace (are they fast and rough? slow and sensual? etc.)

Sasuke loves being rough but also teasingly slow. He loves switching it up on you, and he doesn’t hesititate to switch up the pace during sex. Seeing you gasp in surprise or moan in confusion if he tries to change the pace on you. It’s always surprising, but you absolutely adore it. It’s something you admire about Sasuke, and it never gets old.

Q = Quickie (their opinions on quickies, how often, etc.)

Sasuke enjoys quickies and if it’s all he has time for, he won’t say no to them at all. It’s actually one of his preferred methods of having sex. Having you bent over a desk, a sink or even in some crummy bar bathroom, he’s going to take you to pound town ;) He loves how aroused you get quickly for him, and it spurs him on.

R = Risk (are they game to experiment? do they take risks? etc.)

Sasuke gets motivated to fuck by the idea of taking risks with sex. Whether it be getting caught or getting you pregnant, it drives him crazy. He will be consumed by lust if you let him take risks during sex. He loves to finger you while other people are around or even using a pair of vibrating panties on you while you’re in public. 

S = Stamina (how many rounds can they go for? how long do they last?)

Sasuke can go for quite a few rounds and his refractory period is AMAZING. This man can fuck for hours and make you cum so much, and he’s barely broken a sweat. This is how he enjoys fucking you anyways.

T = Toys (do they own toys? do they use them? on a partner or themselves?)

Sasuke has tons of toys, for the both of you. He likes to get off by having a vibrator strapped to his cock, while he presses a vibrator to your clit. He’s not opposed to toys and it’s actually one of his favorite ways to get off.

U = Unfair (how much they like to tease)

Sasuke adores to tease you. If you whine and whimper, he will call you a brat and pull away from you. Sometimes, he likes to tie you up and tease you for hours. Hearing you beg for him to do something is like music to his ears. It doesn’t get old and he’s not going to stop doing it.

V = Volume (how loud they are, what sounds they make, etc.)

Sasuke loves it if you’re loud, but he’s not overly loud himself. He will make little noises to let you know he’s enjoying himself, and he’ll curse and swear if it feels really good, but he’s not super loud.

W = Wild card (a random headcanon for the character)

Sasuke likes to be babied if he’s not feeling well. He’ll come seek you out and ask you to play with his hair and make his favorite food. He may seem like a completely independent person, but he does need love and affection most of the time. He’s just not going to show it always.

X = X-ray (let’s see what’s going on under those clothes)

Sasuke has a big dick. All Uchiha men have big dicks. It’s curved a little and the girth is amazing, but the length is where it’s at. He’s a good 8.5 inches ;)

Y = Yearning (how high is their sex drive?)

Sasuke has a high sex drive, but it doesn’t distract him from his everyday life unless he absolutely lets it. It’s something he enjoys doing with you a lot, but he’s not going to drop his passions to have sex whenever he can. He likes to plan out his sex with you, or be spontaneous when you least expect it.

Z = Zzz (how quickly they fall asleep afterwards)

He likes to watch you sleep after sex. It soothes him to watch you cling to him, telling him you love him and then you drift off to sleep. It’s one of the only times he gets true peace in his heart...so it takes a little while for him to fall asleep.

[gavin-plz-call-me]

i saw you did an nsfw alphabet for wannabe challenge so i was wondering if you could do one for tears of themis? i'd love to see one for artem

Hell yeah, alphabets are the only nsfw stuff I'm good at writing

AO3

Artem NSFW Alphabet

A = Aftercare (What they’re like after sex)

-Stills inside/beside you for a moment while you both catch your breath, then he’s combing through your hair, peppering your body with loving kisses.

-Has wet wipes/tissues to help clean you up at arm's length, so if let’s be honest, when you whine about not wanting to leave his side just yet, he can help you clean up.

-If you’re still clingy after a while, this man will carry you to the bathroom to get the rest of the way cleaned up.

-If you find yourself in a more dominant role in the bedroom sub Artem? It’s more likely than you think be prepared to pepper that man with so much love and care.

B = Body part (Their favourite body part of theirs and also their partner’s)

-His favorite body part of himself is his eyes. They’re a nice color, but I don’t think he thinks about his appearance too much.

-As for you, would it be cliche to say your brain?

-While your beauty was what attracted him first, your mind is what really sealed the deal.

-Your mouth is a close second, because it helps you voice your thoughts in that beautiful voice of yours and, I mean, if you wanted to give him a blow job too he wouldn’t be complaining…

-Is an ass man.

C = Cum (Anything to do with cum basically… I’m a disgusting person)

-Is hesitant on deciding where to cum.

-He thinks cumming anywhere in/on you would not be a very pleasant experience for you.

-But in the heat of the moment, he’ll probably end up cumming inside you if he’s wearing protection, or on your thighs/ass if he’s not.

-When he cums, whether it be in you or on you, he’s grabbing you a tissue when he comes down from his high to clean you up.

-If you swallow his cum he’ll be a little disgusted, but a lot turned on.

D = Dirty Secret (Pretty self explanatory, a dirty secret of theirs)

-Has masturbated in his office after you’ve left on multiple occasions.

-Sometimes the perfume you were wearing was extra enticing, sometimes what you were wearing made you look extra hot, and sometimes your presence alone is enough to get him hot and excited.

-Is mostly ashamed about the times he did it before you two were dating because it felt like an intrusion of your privacy.

-Once Celestine came to his office right after he finished and he was so mortified that she’d somehow be able to tell that he did something. She knew something was up because of how much he was blushing, but she didn’t know what exactly

E = Experience (How experienced are they? Do they know what they’re doing?)

-Big old virgin

-I’m not even saying that to be mean plus being a virgin isn’t bad it’s just true.

-Sure, his lack of experience may be a bit of a hindrance at first, but he’s a clean slate.

-He’s not gonna be doing some weird thing with your clit because a girl he was with before liked that.

-Train him to perfectly pleasure you, and, trust me, he’s a fast learner.

F = Favourite Position (This goes without saying. Will probably include a visual)

-Your first few times together he only did missionary, because, while he knew there were other options, he didn’t know how to initiate them.

-As he got more experience, however, he grew to absolutely love doggy style.

-Loves your ass, so it’s an obvious choice. Plus, if he’s extra flustered, he can easily hide it.

-Grips your ass extra hard while kissing your neck and back. If he’s feeling extra brave, expect a few whispers about how good you feel.

G = Goofy (Are they more serious in the moment, or are they humorous, etc)

-He has his goofy moments, but most of the time he’s 100% serious.

-Whether it be because he’s concentrating on learning how to pleasure you correctly, or, when he’s gained a bit of experience, just concentrating on both of your pleasure.

-I feel like as you guys get closer, however, an awkward moment may turn into a brief bout of giggles shared between the two of you before continuing.

H = Hair (How well groomed are they, does the carpet match the drapes, etc.)

-Shaved himself completely when you two started dating.

-Was convinced you’d be disgusted by any hair down there. My poor insecure baby

-When he gets more comfortable around you, he’ll let it grow out, but he still trims it to keep it neat.

-Carpets match the drapes.

I = Intimacy (How are they during the moment, romantic aspect…)

-Is a whore for a sexy, romantic atmosphere.

-I’m talking rose petals, candles, and a couple of glasses of non-alcoholic wine.

-Wanna have the most romantic love-making session imaginable? Set all of that up for him instead of the other way around.

-He’ll be so in love with you at that moment he’ll have no choice but to give you the best orgasms you’ve ever had.

J = Jack Off (Masturbation headcanon)

-Before meeting you, he jacked off maybe once or twice a week, and it was more of something he had to do than something he wanted to do.

-When he met you, he thought you were the most attractive person he’d ever seen, so his sex drive and, naturally, his masturbation sessions increased.

-Increased to every other day, maybe every day. He tried to not think of you during these times as he felt it was an invasion of privacy emphasis on tried.

-After finally getting together with you, his sessions have decreased back down to once or twice a week.

K = Kink (One or more of their kinks)

-Likes having sex in his office, but that’s the most public space he’ll do it in.

-Also loves it when you’re slightly dominant on him.

-Doesn’t want to do any of the more kinky stuff, tying him or you, depending on his mood with a tie is about as far as he’ll go.

-But just take charge, he loves it.

L = Location (Favourite places to do the do)

-Can’t go wrong with the good old fucking in bed. It’s easy, comfortable, and you guys can take as long as you want.

-Get him riled up at work by wearing something that beautifully shows of your ass, or make sure he knows you’re wearing that pair of panties you know he loves or, fuck it, no panties at all he’ll polietly ask you into his office so he can fuck your brains out.

M = Motivation (What turns them on, gets them going)

-Loves when you assert yourself, especially at work.

-Get all confident during a trial because you know you’re going to win? That’s all the motivation he needs.

-Does not help his productivity at all, but he wouldn’t have it any other way.

-Expect to fuck after a trial, extra hard if you won.

N = NO (Something they wouldn’t do, turn offs)

-No threesomes/group sex.

-It’s not even because he’ll get jealous okay maybe a bit of that but you were his first and only. Everything he’s learned about sex has been about specifically pleasuring you, he wouldn’t know where to begin when having sex with other people.

-He’s more than content with you being his one and only.

O = Oral (Preference in giving or receiving, skill, etc)

-Not skilled at the beginning like all things sexual, but he’s a fast learner.

-Good communication is key here, as it is in all aspects of sex with Artem. Guide him to where you want to be pleasured, praise him when you really like what he’s doing, and give him some delicious moans and he’ll be a pro at fucking you with his tounge alone in no time.

-Is too shy to ask for you to go down on him, and will insist you don’t have to when you try to initiate it.

-Ignore him and do it, the noises you draw from him are absolutely worth it.

P = Pace (Are they fast and rough? Slow and sensual? etc.)

-Starts off at a weird middle ground sort of pace, not fast and not slow.

-Is fond of slow and sensual when he grows more experienced, but will occasionally get rough with you.

-That usually happens when he gets a bit too jealous of a guy who got a bit too close to you for your liking.

Q = Quickie (Their opinions on quickies rather than proper sex, how often, etc.)

- doesn’t really have a choice in the matter at the beginning, mr. 30 seconds (sorry Artem)

-For real, he prefers longer love-making sessions, but if you’re teasing him in the office a quickie will ensue.

R = Risk (Are they game to experiment, do they take risks, etc.)

-Grows more confident the more the two of you have sex.

-He does like fucking in his office, so he likes a bit of risk, but there being too many people in the office, or the chance of Celestine walking in at anytime, Artem would much rather feign working on a case and take you home.

S = Stamina (How many rounds can they go for, how long do they last…)

-At first, like most virgin boys, his stamina is basically nonexistent.

-Let him take his time, he’ll get to fucking you until the sun rises in no time at all.

T = Toy (Do they own toys? Do they use them? On a partner or themselves?)

-Has never thought about getting one for himself when his hand does the job well enough.

-Is very open to using toys on you in the bedroom, especially when he’s feeling insecure about his ability to please you which happens often, scream his name and make him forget those insecurities.

U = Unfair (how much they like to tease)

-Not a teaser in the slightest.

-You want something specific in the bedroom? He’s already doing it, you barely have to ask.

-On the flip side, sort of loves it when you’re unfair to him.

-Just barely touch him and stop at the brink of his orgasm, he gets a sick sort of pleasure from that.

-It also helps him gain more control over himself in the bedroom, so it’s a win-win.

V = Volume (How loud they are, what sounds they make)

-May try to stay quiet, after all, in all the porn he’s watched which isn’t a lot because I feel like watching it makes him feel uncomfortable the man is always basically silent.

-That does not work out for him, though. He gets so overwhelmed with pleasure that he can’t control what his vocal cords are doing.

-Gains a bit more control over it over time, but he realizes you like his moans, so he stops trying to keep them at bay.

W = Wild Card (Get a random headcanon for the character of your choice)

-Is a total switch.

-Can be pretty dominant at some times see his atmospheric card

-But I can totally see him wanting you to dom him sometimes. Loves seeing you dominate the court, if you bring that energy to bed, oh boy is he like putty in your hands.

X = X-Ray (Let’s see what’s going on in those pants, picture or words)

-He’s of average girth and slightly above average length. Has a nice, thick vein that runs the length of his penis.

-Uncut.

Y = Yearning (How high is their sex drive?)

-Has a very active imagination how else would he become such a great lawyer?

-And while that helps him out in his work, anything about you can really set him off.

Z = ZZZ (… how quickly they fall asleep afterwards)

-Is out like a light

-Especially the first few times, his body doesn’t know what hit him.

-But even after a while, he works so hard that the moment he has the chance to fall asleep, his body is taking that chance.

-Make sures to stay up long enough to get cleaned off and help you clean yourself up.

[hongism]

reciprocated - j.wy (ft. c.san) 18+

↦ pairing: san x fem!reader x wooyoung ↦ genre: pwp, smut, 18+, non idol au, friends with benefits au ↦ wc: 4.0k ↦ pt 2 to belated | ↦ warnings: explicit smut, unprotected sex, oral sex: f and m, voyeurism, exhibitionism, cum eating, masturbation, creampie

​​​​​

When you and San sent Wooyoung the less than appropriate for viewing video, you had half-expected an immediate response of an extended keyboard smash or just a series of emojis conveying his both panic and excitement to be receiving such a thing. What you got in reality was radio silence on his part, and that seems to have caught San off-guard as well because he can’t seem to figure out why Wooyoung wouldn’t respond. Granted, it’s only been around a week since you sent the damn thing, but Wooyoung is notorious for responding within a fraction of a second, so the mystery becomes why hasn’t Wooyoung responded or reacted. He texts you and San regularly, either through the group chat you have with the two men or just one on one, but he does not under any circumstances mention the email attachment you sent from San’s computer. Even when San directly asked him over text if he received his birthday gift, Wooyoung just neglected to respond entirely.

San could not be more unbothered by the fact that Wooyoung won’t respond. You on the other hand can’t help but feel like he has seen the video and was so disgusted and grossed out by it that he’s just counting down the days to end your friendship. It’s a constant and bubbling anxiety in your gut, and it’s one that heightens when Friday evening rolls around and Wooyoung comes by your apartment with San to watch a movie.

The latter arrives before Wooyoung does, pushing into the apartment like he owns in and immediately making himself comfortable beside you on the couch. Your nervous exterior must be evident to him because his cheerful attitude morphs into one of concern the second he sits down.

“What’s that expression for?”

“Do you think he’s… I don’t know, weirded out?”

“By the video?” You nod hastily, and San twists to look at the ceiling. “No way. He’s probably too shy to say anything. Full guarantee he’s been using it as jerk off material every day this week.”

“Are you sure? Wouldn’t he have said something by now? I think it’s—”

“I think you’re overthinking,” San states. An idle hand comes to rest on your thigh, skin bared by the shorts you’re wearing, and he mindlessly traces faint patterns there. “I have an idea. One that I’ll only do if you’re okay with it.”

“What are you planning?” You narrow your gaze on San. The words are a bit suspicious, but San has never given you a reason not to trust him before, and you’re certain he wouldn’t do anything without your explicit permission and comfort.

“He’s too shy to talk about it, no?”

“I don’t know, San. That’s part of my concern,” you huff out in response.

“And I know him better than you do. Trust me when I say that he is merely too shy to say anything about the video.”

“So, the plan is…?”

“Threesome?”

“San!” The man all but cackles at your startled reaction and retracts his hand from your leg to clutch at his chest.

“I’m being completely serious.”

“You can’t be.” San deadpans, eyes searching yours with razor-sharp focus. “San.”

“Do you want to see how he really feels about it?”

“Of course I do but… I’m – I, well, I’m just shy about it!”

“And do you trust me to guide you through it and stop when you want to stop?” San leans towards you, and you find yourself moving with him, breaths intermingling as you get closer to each other.

“Yes, I always do, San.” He laughs under his breath once before letting his forehead fall against yours.

“And how do you feel about sex with Wooyoung?”

“I’m… I would like that a lot, I think. You aren’t gonna get jealous if Wooyoung fucks me, are you?”

“I can’t promise not to, but at the end of the day, I know—”

The thought is cut short thanks to the door popping open once more, and this time when you look up at it, it’s Wooyoung who steps through with his head tucked to his chest. You sink your teeth into your lower lip without thinking, letting San nudge you further down to the middle of the couch so he can better settle against your body. Wooyoung doesn’t even look up as he comes closer, phone in hand and screen flashing a bright light that keeps him preoccupied. That does absolutely nothing to ease your worries though, and his obvious avoidance of you and San’s forms causes an extra surge of panic to rush through you. San again detects your nerves and darts a hand out to clasp around your thigh just at the top of your knee, fingers massaging the bare skin there gently while Wooyoung positions himself on the other end of the couch. He doesn’t put a ton of distance between the two of you, which is a small reassurance, but he still won’t look up at you.

“Hey, Woo, did you–oof!” You send an elbow straight into San’s ribcage before he can finish the question. San squeezes hard at your leg and sends you a sharp and pointed glare. You return it with one of equal heat to no avail because San continues speaking, hand keeping you firmly in place. “Did you get my gift? For your birthday?”

Choi San is far too bold for your liking, you’ve decided that much.

“B-Birthday?” Wooyoung stutters. He glances up from his phone with cheeks flushed a pretty pink, and his gaze flicks between you and San for a few seconds. The silence drags. You can hardly breathe thanks to the lump in your throat. Wooyoung stares. San waits. And you are ready to burst. Then —

“For fuck’s sake, Wooyoung, do we need to reenact it on the couch for you?”

And in that moment, you truly do think you have died because there is no way in a million years that San really just said those words out loud. You jerk to bury your face against his shoulder – not helping your case since Wooyoung has most definitely seen the video and is most definitely thinking about the things you and San were doing in said video and any act of intimacy or closeness between the two of you is a dumpster fire just waiting to happen.

“No! No, no, no, no, no,” Wooyoung rambles so quickly that the words sound foreign against your ears. “You don’t – I wouldn’t – that’s too much to ask, I would never—”

“Well, you were obviously thinking about it!” San argues, not missing a beat in his remarks, and you really want nothing more than to completely disappear from existence entirely. “That boner isn’t exactly discreet!”

Whatever sound leaves your lips is nothing short of inhumane, most likely something close to a pig squealing, and San secures an arm around your waist when you throw yourself further against him. He releases a loud laugh that rings in your ear, squeezing you as tight as he can without hurting you.

“I’m sure we can work something out. You heard the way Y/N was screaming your name, didn’t you?” You’re thankful that Wooyoung can’t see your face because you are positive that your wide eyes make you look like a deer caught in headlights and he might take that as a sign of hesitance, when in reality you are already imagining Wooyoung fucking you raw while you’re bent over San’s lap. Instead, San stands up from the couch, keeping his hands on yours while he moves, and you blink up at him with the same wide eyes.

“I – I didn’t w-want to assume that she – I thought it was just… just because you were – yeah,” Wooyoung stammers. His voice grows more quiet with each passing word, and you can envision the way his chin drops to his chest as it normally does when he’s flustered.

“Didn’t want to assume that she wanted you just as badly as you want her?” San inquires, head tilting to the side as he asks the question. “Was the sight of her begging for your cock while my cum was dripping off her face not enough for you?” You need to make a mental note to beat the shit out of him after this, but you also don’t want to admit that the burning humiliation is actually causing your gut to twist with arousal. Your thighs press tightly together against the couch – a movement that doesn’t escape San’s notice. “She’s practically drooling from the thought already. Shouldn’t you give her something to do with that mouth?”

The words have their intended effect on you; they’re words San has spoken to you in less than appropriate situations time and time again, but now they seem even more filthy because Wooyoung is right there. Your lower lip trembles as a whimper slips out, and you hear Wooyoung inhale a sharp and painful breath of air.

“I won’t interrupt, don’t worry,” San murmurs, letting a finger trace over your chin. “I’ll just keep her fully occupied, yeah? How does that sound, sweetheart?”

“G-Good,” you hastily answer through a gasp.

“Mhm, then you can be good and sit still for him while I eat you out?”

“S-San.” The single word is spoken breathlessly, and you’re shocked that it even comes out with sound, to be honest. San just smirks in response, watching and waiting for you to indicate that you don’t want to do this. So when you provide a small nod of confirmation, he nudges you off the couch and onto the floor. Your knees hit the carpet painfully, but you take it in stride as best you can and move to a more comfortable position. Wooyoung remains in a state of shock, not budging one bit from his spot on the farthest cushion, and San has to lean over your kneeling form to catch hold of Wooyoung’s collar and yank him forward.

“Are you gonna make her do all the work?” He hums, pressing into Wooyoung’s personal space so much so that Wooyoung has to lean away from him.

“N-No, I’m – I’m just still a bit shocked.” He isn’t too shocked to finally sit on the center cushion and press his legs around your body, feet planted firmly on either side of your thighs. Now you can clearly see the growing erection tucked behind his jeans along with the hazy flush on his cheeks and neck that looks oh so pretty from this angle.

San moves away from the couch no doubt to make room for himself between your folds. It leaves you with the task of helping Wooyoung out of his pants, but without San’s endless confidence, you both fumble awkwardly around each other for too long before bonking heads when Wooyoung tries to tug his pants down for you. Ironically enough, the contact is all you needed to dispel the awkward energy between you two, and you share in a small laugh with hands still fumbling over each other.

“Do you… is he right?” Wooyoung asks once your hands hook around his underwear. You hesitate there, blinking up at the man in wonder for a few moments.

“Yeah, he – um, he didn’t really need to convince me to do the video,” you mumble back before embarrassment gets the better of you. “I was just worried that you wouldn’t see me like that.”

“Oh no, I definitely do! Not to, uh, sound too enthusiastic but yeah. I do.” You can only manage a tight-lipped grin in Wooyoung’s direction before taking hold of his underwear and yanking it down past his knees. A startled groan leaves him as cold air touches his stiff member, cock springing out to slap against the fabric of his shirt. The shirt doesn’t remain on for long as it is though, seeing as Wooyoung leans back and strips himself of the material without second thought. San makes a timely appearance behind you in that moment, hands running up your sides to tug your shirt off as he settles on the floor. You let him move your body into whatever position he wants while you keep your gaze firmly set on Wooyoung.

Wooyoung doesn’t maintain eye contact, however; he keeps his gaze firmly set on your body, trailing over the mounds of your breasts and the freshly exposed skin that’s left there now. His tongue pokes out to dart over his lips, and the hunger of lust gives him a newfound sense of confidence that has him leaning towards you. You sit up to meet him halfway — lips smash together in a clash of saliva and tongue, teeth clattering as they bump together. San works on pulling your pants away as well, leaving you full bare before both men, but he doesn’t give you time to be embarrassed or shy about the lack of clothes. He weasels his way between your legs and comes face to face with your now exposed cunt. A few strands of arousal are already present there just from the sight of Wooyoung’s hardened cock, which San laps up like a starved man.

The tiniest kitten lick has you whimpering, San’s hands latching around your hips and pulling you down to his chin. You brace yourself on Wooyoung’s muscled thighs. The skin is soft under your fingers, but the harsh touch has his muscles trembling and tensing under you. You dip closer to his crotch, eyes not leaving his for a second. He can only groan under his breath as you drag the flat of your tongue up his length. His cock is heavy against your tongue, a bit of saltiness lingering there thanks to the precum leaking from his tip, but you take it in stride and gulp the taste down as best you can. With a startled gasp, Wooyoung twitches in your mouth, and his hips buck up off the couch to thrust further into your wet heat.

“S-Shit,” Wooyoung mutters. He tries to still his hips to no avail because the more you move your tongue along his dick, the more he struggles to keep from jerking and writhing under your touch.

“She’s good, isn’t she?” San hums from between your legs. “Such a good little cock slut.” The words carry over your clit, sending rapid vibrations through you, and now it’s your turn to thrash from pleasure. You moan around Wooyoung’s length and squeeze his base a little tighter. Even though the ministrations from San are nothing short of amazing, you refuse to be outdone, especially when this is about Wooyoung and not you. Thus you choke back your moans and drop your mouth lower on Wooyoung’s dick, hollowing your cheeks as you bob along him.

He’s not exactly the largest – in girth or in length – but he’s most definitely a bit longer than San, as well as a tad slimmer. His cock has a slight curve to it, one that causes him to hit the back of your throat sooner than you expect, and it’s a struggle not to gag around him. Your throat does constrict a bit, but that only draws a moan from Wooyoung’s lips. He reaches up to cover the sound, clasping his fingers hard around his mouth, and you resist the urge to giggle at his flushed cheeks and embarrassment. Instead, you pull the flat of your tongue over him and explore the underside of his cock like that. You spend an ample amount of time just tracing each ridge and vein on him before pulling up to suck gently at his head. Wooyoung is especially sensitive there; he jerks and writhes the instant you start paying attention to the skin there, thighs quaking from the stimulation.

“A-Ah, wait, w-wait, I — fuck!” Wooyoung doesn’t get to finish his thought, and he reaches down to close his hand over yours, squeezing hard at the base of his cock until his member is flushed a deep red. The action catches you off-guard at first, but he doesn’t let you stay confused for long before he explains his reasoning. “D-Don’t wanna cum yet.”

“You won’t last long in me like this,” you counter through a smirk. Wooyoung’s cheeks bear a thin sheen of sweat now, which only enhances the blush across them.

“I c-can’t get it back up that quickly. If I’m gonna cum, then I want it to be in you.”

“Gosh, you’re such a smooth-talker,” you tease as you push your legs into a standing position. San doesn’t question it, merely slipping out from under you to move to another part of the room. You don’t bother to look back at him; Wooyoung holds all of your attention in the palm of his hand now. Confident hands fall onto Wooyoung’s shoulders, and you lower yourself onto his lap. A coy smirk plays at your lips, one that Wooyoung watches with rapt focus as you press his leaking erection flat against his stomach between your sweaty and naked bodies. “Makes me want you to fuck me, Wooyoungie.” You can’t keep from pushing your lips into a slight pout, hand snaking down to take hold of Wooyoung’s member again, and you jerk him with languid and deliberate strokes.

“Fu-uck, is she – is she always like this?”

“More often than not,” San chuckles from his new position off to the side, legs spread wide as he runs a hand over his own erection. “Just wait until you actually get your cock in her. Didn’t she sound so desperate and needy in the video?”

Wooyoung’s hands find your hips and grip the skin there so tightly that you can feel it bruising under his touch, but the slight sparks of pain it leaves you with are nothing short of delightful. It’s enough to cause you to let out a small whimper and clench your hand down hard on Wooyoung’s cock. That is all the incentive he needs to pull you up over his member. You guide him to your entrance without hesitation, moving as he does to meet his lips in a messy kiss. He pushes into you a bit then and exhales a small groan into your mouth that you eat up without hesitation.

“More,” you mumble against him and shove his hands out of the way. You push your hips body down as far as you can, taking his cock all the way into your tight heat. Wooyoung breaks the kiss to let out a choked gasp. He throws his head back, exposing the pretty tanned column of his neck, and you dive in without thought. Your teeth drag over the skin there with the intention to nip and bite at it, but Wooyoung runs a hair through your hair, gripping the base of your neck tight to tug you back and look you in the eye.

“Tell me how you want me to fuck you,” he all but growls, eliciting a sharp wave of arousal in your gut.

“Hard and fast like you fucking mean it,” you hiss. You grip his chin hard in your hand and pinch his cheeks together to plant a sloppy kiss on his lips.

Wooyoung takes your words in stride, securing your legs around him quickly before flipping you onto your back. A huff of air passes through your lips from the impact of hitting the couch cushions so hard, but Wooyoung doesn’t even give you a chance to catch your breath before he is pistoning his cock in and out of your cunt without any semblance of restraint or rhythm.

“Holy s-shit,” you exhale, biting back a moan just before it falls out. All you can do is secure your hands on the cushions beneath you as Wooyoung fucks you in a fit of passion and intensity. San must be enjoying the sight of you two based on the groans that slip out of his mouth, loud noises that accentuate your own and the lewd sounds coming from between your bodies. “Fuck me so good, Wooyoung, god, you feel so good in me. Want you to cum in me too, baby. Fill me up nicely, y-yeah?” It’s a miracle that you get any words out, let alone that many without endless stutters and gasps, but the effort it takes is more than worth it when you see the look in Wooyoung’s eyes. He doesn’t respond verbally; although he doesn’t particularly need to because his dick does all the talking for him in the way he fucks you deeper than before, searching for that treasured sweet spot of yours. It only takes a few thrusts for him to find it, and when he brushes over the sensitive area, you can’t contain your noises any longer.

You fling out a desperate hand in San’s direction, searching for some sort of contact from the man, but Wooyoung snatches up the limb instead. He tangles his fingers with yours as he fucks you, and it provides a delightful amount of intimacy that you were craving even when he pins that same hand behind your head to thrust into your tight walls at a different angle.

“You gonna cum, Y/N?” Wooyoung growls against the shell of your ear. He catches your lobe between his teeth, nipping at the skin in a way that has your back arching off the couch and into his body. It nearly tips you over the edge, but you hold on a little bit longer with sheer willpower to cum alongside him. “You’re so tight I can barely move.”

“Wooyoung,” you whine, writhing a bit under him as his thrusts slow down a bit. He shuts you up then and there with his lips and kisses you until you’re positively breathless.

“Cum for me, angel.” His gaze flits up to where San is sitting with cock in hand, eyes glinting dangerously for a moment. His lips touch the shell of your ear and fill it with soft pants that have you shivering. “And call out Sannie’s name for him since he’s being so good over there all on his own.”

It only takes one glance over to where San is perched for you to cum, the mere sight of him jerking his length with sweat on his brow and eyes firmly fixated on your body, and a hasty cry of his name tumbles from your lips. It must be enough to send him over the edge too because you hear him call out your name a moment later, then Wooyoung joins the two of you in sweet ecstasy, hips stuttering in their rhythm as warm cum fills your cunt. You’re so spent you can barely move or think straight in the blessed aftermath of your orgasm, but Wooyoung gets up rather quickly. He climbs off your body and steps over to where San is seated still. In the blink of an eye, he drops to his knees in front of the man – his best friend at that – and his mouth is on San’s softening cock, lapping up the evidence of his orgasm and the cum that splattered over his stomach. A giggle leaves Wooyoung’s lips as he pulls up again and swipes a finger over his mouth to collect any excess cum.

“That was fun,” he says with a smile. A straight row of glistening teeth sink into his lower lip. “And something we should do again sometime.”

“I doubt you’ll have to do much to convince us,” San mutters, eyes darting over to find yours. “Right, Y/N?”

“Sign me up.”

..

a/n: im sorry this took so lONG oidjfosij this was really hard to write for some reason so i hope it’s still good but yeet yes hello ;-;

[cursedquantumenergy]

Nanami Kento Alphabet

Note: Is is my first ever piece so please be gentle ;__;!! I wanted to start off with a template before I jump into writing fanfics. I hope you like it and I hope it’s not too boring!  

Pairing: Nanami Kento x f!Reader

Warning: NSFW after the cut

________________________________________________________________

A= Aftercare (what they’re like after the act)

- He would try to stay inside of you for as long as possible.

- If in missionary, he would lean in and place his forehead on yours.

B= Body part (favorite body part their own or their lovers)

- Nanami absolutely loves your waist. It's where he places his hands to pull you in for a hug.

- it's also where he grips when you're on your knees and he wants to go in deeper (usually when he's close to the end). If you're on top, he tends to rest his hands their and enjoy the ride.

- Nanami's also an ass man so reverse cowgirl is a must. This man loooooves to see you in a pencil skirt.

Cum (anything that has to do with it)

- Absolutely has an edging/cum denial (both ways) and breeding kink.

- If he had a long day at work, he'll ask you to dom and edge him. He loves how intense the orgasm is afterwards.

- Will usually only edge you as punishment if you won't stop teasing him during work (if you end up working together that day). He loves to see you cum so edging you is also teasing him in a way.

- Nanami produces a good amount of cum. A little more than average.

D= Dirty secret (Pretty self explanatory)

- Really wants to make a homemade porno one day but doesn't know how to ask. You both usually handle missions on your own. Sometimes you're separated for a few days and the nights feel lonely. During times like those, Nanami would rather watch you enjoying yourself then looking at random women on the internet (makes him feel guilty). He’s currently unsure what he would love more, seeing you pleasure yourself while calling out to him, or seeing himself satisfy you. It embarrasses him quite a bit.

- He also would not be opposed to a threesome with you and Gojo but will NEVER admit it.

E= Experience (do they know what they’re doing)

- Nanami has had only 1 serious partner in the past but has slept with 2 others since then. Everything has been pretty vanilla prior to you. You're his 2nd serious partner.

- With you though, he loves to try different things in the bedroom, whether watching porn together, using a new toy, or trying out a new kink. He's never done stuff like that before with his previous partners. Nanami trusts you and feels very comfortable going into different territories with you.

F= Favorite position

- Nanami has two! Remember how he's an ass man? He loves it when you're face down flat on your stomach with your ass slightly in the air. He loves the way your ass bounces when he drives into you. Because of his size, you always have a pleasurable tightness for him but the way this position makes you feel even tighter (and makes him feel even bigger for you!) drives him crazy. It's one of the few positions that makes him lose his rhythm quickly.

- Being the hopeless romantic he is, Nanami loves missionary. Being able to see how you react with every trust? Drives him crazy. He's a big fan of kissing as well and you'll usually end up making out during this position. He loves the way your kisses change as he shifts speeds and roughness during missionary and he usually uses your kisses as a guide for what to do next. Your kisses are getting sloppy? He slows down his pace. Are you nipping at his lips impatiently? He roughens up a bit.  

G= Goofy (how serious are they)

- During sex Nanami is very attentive to your wants and needs. He takes your pleasure very seriously. That being said, he is much more relaxed around you than he usually is around others. He’s playful and loves to grab and tease you whenever he has the chance to. He will hug you from behind and whisper sinful things in your ear.

H= Hair (grooming habits)

- Have you seen his hair? This man loves to keep himself well kept. Nanami doesn’t like going hairless down there but he does like it to be clean and short. He doesn’t want hair getting in your way if you go down on him.

I= Intimacy (in the moment romantic or rough/dirty)

- LOVES KISSING. Absolutely loves kissing during sex. Will try to kiss you in any position possible. When he can’t kiss you, he praises instead. “You feel so good Y/N,” or “you’re doing so well taking me all in like that” are common phrases for him.

J= Jack off (do they masturbate and how often)

- Before meeting you, he would masturbate about once a day after work.

- After meeting you though? He would masturbate about 2, maybe 3 times a day. Nanami was so smitten with you since the beginning that you can’t help but tease him for it. He would always think about seeing you strip for him and the different positions that he could try.

- Since getting together with him, masturbating now only happens if he or you go off on a mission and your hours do not coincide.

K= Kink (kinks what they like possibly unusual)

- Edging (both ways), breeding kink, dom (both ways, he is a switch). Goes crazy when you call him Sir.

- Honestly you brought out the breeding kink from deep inside him. Nanami would subconsciously push himself deeper and linger within you after cumming inside you. You noticed this after a few times and decided, during a particularly steamy session, to ask him to “Fill me up” and that drove him crazy.  You brought it up afterward if he had the kink. Now after he researched what it was, he absolutely loves to put you in a mating press during his needier days. What drives him crazy is seeing his cum leak out of you and then pushing it back inside with his fingers. “Don’t want to waste any” he will usually say.

L= Location (where they like to get it on)

- Absolutely anywhere inside your shared apartment. Nanami is not a fan of getting it on in public spaces and loves the comfort of home.

M= Motivation (things that makes them tick/turn ons)

- Seeing you in tight fitting jeans or skirts really turns him on. The way it hugs your curves. 10/10 for him.

- Instant hard on when you’re needy and you initiate. Loves to verbally tease you if you are particularly horny and don’t want to be teased. If you start to command him to do things in this state, he will always call you princess. “My, aren’t you needy today princess. You’re wish is my command.” 

N= No (turnoffs or absolutely won’t do)

- Not into heavy bondage, absolutely no knife play or anything that he would consider dangerous. You both face death every day, why bring it into the bedroom?

- Also, not into strong verbal humiliation. He loves you too much that it leaves him feeling awful afterwards. 

O= Oral (receiving or giving and how skillful they are)

- After practicing with you, he’s a 15/10. It took him a few sessions to get it right but with your guidance, Nanami’s able to have you screaming within minutes now.

- Nanami loves when you go down on him. The sight of you taking him in as far as you can go, seeing you slightly struggle for the remaining length, ugh, he has to stop himself from forcing your head down on him repeatedly.

P= Pace (how fast they are and how long they last in bed)

- With foreplay and everything, usually takes around 40-60mins. Nanami loves to take his time with you. He makes sure you cum twice during foreplay to prepare you for his length.

Q= Quickie (do they prefer fast and hard)

- For sex, there are no quickies. Like stated above, he wants to take his time with you.

- But if he is really in need and there is a time constraint, oral is the best way to go with him. You can have him undone in a few minutes.

R= Risk (do they like to try new things)

- Absolutely will try new things with you if it’s not one of his turn offs. He will try things at least once. If it’s something you both like, usually it becomes the obsession for the whole week before you both move on to another thing to try.

S= Stamina (how many times they can go and how long each round lasts)

- Nanami naturally has a lot of stamina. Just comes with being a grade 1 sorcerer. Before you, he would normally go one round and be satisfied.

- However, you brought out a mega breeding kink within him.

- He can absolutely go for 2, maybe 3 rounds if you’re both horny enough. He’s considerate so he won’t go a second time unless you’re ok with it (but come on, you are always ok with it). Each round becomes rougher than the last. With the amount of cum he produces, you thank the stars that you’re on birth control. This man can populate a whole village.

T= Toys (are they game for using sex toys on themselves or lovers)

- When he is the dom, Nanami’s go to strategy is to tie you to a chair, gag and blindfold you. He will tape vibrators on your clit and leave a dildo vibrating inside you and just go for a walk for an hour or two before he comes back to see what a sopping mess you are, trying to repeat his name over and over from under your gag, drooling all over yourself.

- If you are the dom, he loves when you put a cockring on him. It frustrates him during the session, but the orgasm is amazing for him after he removes it.

U= Unfair (how do they tease or do they enjoy suspense themselves)

- Loves teasing both ways. Obviously if either one of you doms it will be more intense (see above).

- During regular sessions his favorite thing to tease both of you with is by having you sit on his length, your back to his chest, and him holding a vibrator to your clit. You both don’t move the entire time and the only feeling is of your walls squeezing his cock. This teases you both, however you tend to break first by grinding against him after your second orgasm.

V= Volume (are they loud, what sounds, and do they talk)

- He praises you all day every day. He loves to whisper in your ear during foreplay and will absolutely try to coax orgasms out of you this way.

- He does moan but isn’t very loud. His moans are usually small groans and exhales.

W= Wild card (random sincannon of any sort)

- Nanami is the type of person to buy you random lingerie and toys when he is out on longer missions. You need a whole separate trunk for all the stuff he has bought for you over the years. 

X= X-ray (what’s down below in dem pants)

- Nanami is pretty girthy. It takes you a few seconds to adjust to him every time you have sex. He always makes sure you are well prepared to take him. Foreplay is a must with him!

Y= Yearning (sexdrive level)

- Surprisingly high. Nanami is very well disciplined and doesn't tend to let his thoughts wander during work. That usually translates into him being extra grabby with you afterwork. With an evenly matched sexual partner, sex will be plenty. With a partner of lower drive, he will be considerate and not ask for anything. But you’re so attentive that even if you’re not up for pure sex, you will totally get him off orally. Get ready for some nightly escapades!

Z= Zzzz (do they sleep after if so how quickly after)

- Because sex with you normally only happens at night (very rarely during the day, unless you are both off from work), both of you formed a habit of showering together after sex, then cuddling in bed together. During weekdays, you both fall asleep within 10mins of jumping into bed because work starts early for the both of you. During weekends, you and Nanami tend to stay up talking about little things. About a show you want to watch, or a new dish he wants to try making.

[smokahuntis]

Curae

Pairing: Aaron Hotchner X Reader X Derek Morgan

Warnings: SMUT! Threesome, Faciels, blow job, cukholdy.

Requested: yes

Summery: You’ve been married to Hotch for almost 3 years now and you’ve finally convinced him to explore with a new partner, but he only wants someone he trusts.

Authors note: I do not own these gifs! I can’t find the owner of them either and I’m sorry but they are so nice to whoever owns them! Also, I’m so sorry this took so long and that it’s probably garbage! But I love you guys!

Pulling into the parking lot at headquarters like she always did when he was here. She had lunch with him anytime she could, it wasn’t often enough she got to see him but she didn’t mind, she was used to it, and most time she had jack. But right now jack was on spring break and his aunt Jessica had decided to take him for awhile so (y/n) and Aaron could have real alone time, and jack could go to the beach with her.

Stepping out of the small silver car she grabbed her purse and the lunch she picked up for them. Not being able to make one today because she ended up having a meeting with a client before coming here. Making her way into the building she was let in without a problem, everyone knew who she was and who she was married to so they didn’t need to look twice when they saw her. Mrs.Hotchner, it had been three years but still everytime she heard the name it made her blush.

Making her way to the BAU she was welcomed with open arms as Prentiss saw her. “(Y/n)! I didn’t know you were coming today!” She said hugging her and smiling.

“I almost thought I wouldn’t make it, I got a case this morning and had to meet with a client.” She confirmed as she pulled away from Emily, Emily had been her best friend since she moved to D.C, she was the only who introduced her to Aaron all those years ago.

“New case?” She asked as they began to walk towards her husbands office. Her eyes were on Emily how ever, not noticing what was happening threw the window.

“I’m the lawyer for the Chesapeake family...” she said grief covering her voice, Emily knew what she was talking about, it was only two weeks ago that the BAU helped catch the man who killed their daughter.

“All the evidence is there it should be easy.” Emily enquired as she stopped in-front I’d the stairs to Hotch’s office.

“Hopefully, I haven’t had a case from you guys in so long”

“How long has it been?” Emily asked.

“I don’t know...” she started and pausing to think about it, quickly coming to a realization. “Since I got married to Aaron...” she finished and her friend quickly connected the dots that pinged on her head. “I should go talk to him...”

“Yea, see you later” Emily said letting her walk into Hotch’s office.

When she opened the door slightly and knocked gently she found Her husband sitting down, across from him, Derek.

“Am I interrupting something?” She asked quietly and Aaron shook his head before smiling at her.

“No, no I was just leaving.” Derek said standing up and going the door, not before giving her a small smile and a wink. Leaving them alone she went over and say in front of him.

“What was that about?” She asked setting their food down on his desk, he quickly moved to take it out of the bags.

“I was thinking about what you said.” He said looking at her, she didn’t need to ask to know what he was talking about . She shook her head and grabbed his hand.

“You don’t need to do that if you aren’t comfortable...” she said rubbing circles into his knuckles, he only looked at her and replied.

“No, (y/n) I’ve been (((((Thinking))))) about it...” he said and her mouth quickly fell into an O shape as she realized what he meant.

“W-With Derek?” She asked looking at him trying to find any sign of regret.

“I trust derek with my life, and I’d trust him with my Wife as well...” he kissed her knuckles before looking her into the eyes, she could tell he meant his words. “If this is going to happen I don’t want it to be with anyone else.”

—

The door bell rung and (y/n) quickly got off the couch to get it, Aaron following after her. She smiled opening the door, surprised to be met by the familiar warm smile of Derek Morgan.

“Derek! And wine!” She said smiling moving so he could come in, Aaron’s hand resting on the small of her back as she did so, pressing the soft fabric of his large shirt into her skin.

“Well I figured it would help with your nerves, but you seem pretty excited.” He chuckled setting down the wine bottle. (Y/n) and Aaron has already talked about the whole thing while waiting for him, she knew exactly how this would go.

“Oh I’m more then excited you’ll ever know.” She said giggling and moving towards him, away from Aaron’s hands and she used hers to grip Dereks face and pull him into a tender kiss. He was shocked at first put quickly moved his hands to her waist, pulling at the shirt that was 2x bigger then her. He had to stop himself before he ripped it off of her.

“Calm down there princess, let me at least know the rules first.” He said looking from her to Aaron, he chuckled and started walking to the bedroom, she followed pulling Derek with her. He followed without a problem, shocked when he saw how large their room was, and how big the bed was to match.

“Don’t cum in her, don’t leave marks, remember she is mine.” Aaron said sitting down in a chair in the corner of the room by their closet. His voice was the same as at work, commanding and strong. Derek nodded before looking back at (y/n) who stood by the edge of the bed lifting off the shirt that’s covered her, Beautiful body.

Derek was at a loss for words, he wanted this long then he’d ever admit, specially to Hotch.

“Go ahead, you can touch her...” Aaron said, his voice deep and tainted with lust as he watched the way Derek looked at her. Derek didn’t miss a beat as he moved forward, placing hands on her sides, pulling her small body against his gently, leaving down and kissing her softly, as her hands undid his shirt. Pushing it off his shoulders and moving to his pants, she sunk to her knees before undoing his belt and his pants. Pulling him from his boxers she was surprised with how thick he was, not sure if she could fit it in her mouth as she licked her lips. Derek chuckled noticing her expression, he moved his hand threw her hair pushing it from her face.

“Don’t be shy, honey.” Aaron started, already palming himself threw his pants. “Show him how well you use your mouth...” he almost growled the last part, he never thought he’d be so turned on by this.

She nodded listening to her husband, licking a long strip up Dereks cock before taking his tip into her mouth, tasting the salty precum that’s already leaked out. Derek let out a deep groan as his hands gripped her hair gently, pulling it back into a makeshift pony tail as she took him into her mouth as far as she could, using her hand to pump the rest. Derek let out a deep groan as he felt her throat stretch to take him in, it was enough to make him never want to leave this bed room.

“God Damn (y/n)” he groaned looking down at her, watching her (e/c) eyes look up at him from her spot of the floor. She took him so well, but he needed her now. Picking her up from her spot on the floor and moved her to the bed, Aaron moving to the side of the bed with them, sitting next to her head.

Her hand instantly coming up to Her husbands cock, pumping it slowly as she watch Derek line up at her entrance.

“Tell me if it hurts baby girl.” He said gripping her waist, she nodded and Aaron responded for her.

“Don’t worry, she can take it” he said looking at derek before looking back down at her. “Can’t you baby?”

“Yes daddy-“ she was cut off by the quick and painful stretch that Derek caused her when he thrusted into her, causing her to arch her back and moan out, her small hands still pumping Aaron’s cock as she did so. They were both already huge, but Derek was thicker then Aaron, so he stretched her so much more. Her other hand came down to grab the sheets but gripped dereks hand, he smirked and gave her hand a small squeeze before he started to move in and out of her.

She became a moaning mess, and as much as Aaron and Derek loved the noise she was a little to loud for the neighbors. So hotch moved onto his knees turning her head to face him, she quickly got the message as she took her husband into her mouth, moaning around his dripping cock as she did so. Soon her eyes began to water with the pleasure of being stretched in both ways by both men. Her throat being used by her husband while agent Morgan took advantage of her dripping cunt.

The way she gripped the sheets told both men she was close and caused Aaron to smirk. “Look at her, already so close us.” He cooed looking down at his squirming wife, he knew her body like the back of his hand, and right now he can tell she’s so close.

“Fuck, I am too” Derek moaned as he kept pushing into her. Their thrusts got sloppy as they ruined her, Their hands traveling everywhere they could reach to explore her before she finally came undone around Derek. Her walls tightening as he back arched and her head fell back releasing Aaron’s cock from her mouth as both men left her body. But quickly left their warm seed covering her stomach, chest, and face. Leaving her a complete mess as Derek fell to her side. Aaron hummed at the sight of them both worn out, quickly moving to the bathroom to get a wet cloth and cleaning her off gently.

Derek finally caught his breathe before shaking his head and sitting up to grab his clothes.

“Leaving already?” (Y/n) asked watching him. He turned looking at the two of them his thick brows furrowed as he looked at her.

“You don’t want me to?” Be asked sliding his pants up his legs, putting them back on. She looked up at her husband waiting for an answer.

“Let’s let him go home darling...” he pushed hair away from her face gently as he spoke. “Maybe he can stay next time..”

“Next time?” She asked excitedly.

“Next time?” Derek asked shocked.

Aaron chuckled and looked at Derek. “Yea, next time” he chuckled looking down at her then back at derek. “I expect to see you at work tomorrow, Morgan.”

“Of course, Hotch” he looked down one last time giving (y/n) a wink.

“I hope to see you too beautiful.”

Tag list: @emmalvei-blog @hxldmxdxwn @fionnthebandersnacc and anyone else

[concussed-to-pieces]

Her Dove, His Falcon, Their Shield Part Two

Fandom: Game Of Thrones

Pairing: Oberyn/Reader/Ellaria

Rating: Holy shit M.

AN: Disclaimer for Game Of Thrones writing here! Hello everyone, welcome to the next installment! I hope you're all doing well. Thank you so much for being here. Enjoy!

Tag List: @culturalrebel @huliabitch @absurdthirst @helplessly-nonstop @lackofhonor @the-feckless-wonder @cyaredindjarin @thesadvampire @robin-writes @buckysalefty

Part One

[!TRIGGER WARNING!: This installment contains allusions to previous abuse, non-graphic mentions of pregnancy/labor and birth, and threesome antics. Stay safe!]

"Again!" Oberyn demanded, wiping the sweat off his brow. 

You feinted left, then right, the butt of your pike nearly striking the prince in the ribs before he danced out of the way. You grunted, discouraged by the fact that you still weren't fast enough to catch him. You had been closer that time though…

The prince laughed, the noise in and of itself immensely galling. "Perhaps if you land a blow on me today, my newest daughter will bear your name!" He taunted. "Shieldove Sand has such a ring to it."

You leveled your pike at him. "Save your teasing for your courtiers, Prince Oberyn!" You snarled, "I am in no mood for your damned japery at my expense!"

"Hold." Oberyn ordered sharply. 

You slumped a little, your grip on the pike loose now. "I...I apologize, your highness." 

"You are concerned about her." It wasn't a question and you well understood that.

"I am." You allowed softly. 

Ellaria had gone into labor several hours before and Oberyn had specifically sought you out for some particularly grueling training. His smile was tight-lipped as the two of you squared off in the empty training courtyard. You knew he was worried as well, but you were bordering on frantic. 

Oberyn's heavy sigh took you by surprise. "I would give every breath in my body to be there with her, but I am told it is an excessively messy affair. She does not wish for me to see her birth." He said bluntly. "Every time it is like this. Every time I am caged, constantly pacing, driving myself mad with thoughts that grow more and more dark as the hours pass." 

You bit your lip and then laid a hand on his shoulder. "I am sorry Oberyn, I didn't mean to imply that...I know I am not the only one who fears for her safety." You apologized timidly.

He covered your hand with his own, thumb rubbing over your knuckles idly. "You called me Oberyn." He mused after a moment. You flinched, but he kept your hand where it was. "I am glad, my falcon. It heartens me to know that you think of her as I do." 

"We can do naught but pray for her safety and keep ourselves busy until she requires you once again." You pointed out, desperate to change the subject so he wouldn't dwell on your error of addressing him by his given name. "I must train even harder, for what if the new babe is like your Sand Snake Elia?"

Oberyn burst out laughing, bumping his forehead into yours. "Truly, what if! We will have no choice but to rally the guard at that point. No one will be safe." You couldn't help your smile when he looked at you, his eyes crinkling with mirth. "Thank you for the levity, my falcon." 

"I live to serve, your highness."

He sighed heavily, knocking the butt of his spear against the ground. "How many times must I insist you call me Oberyn?" The prince began to back away, his spear twirling easily in his deft hands. You shook your head ruefully and did not reply, your own weapon in a low defensive position. "Prepare yourself, Ser Shieldove! You face the Red Viper of House Martell!" He announced with a grand flourish, charging in afterwards.

You easily parried his first strike, and dodged his second. The third rasped against your chain mail loudly, making the prince grin triumphantly before you brought the haft of your pike up and threw him back a step. "Too cocky, princeling!" You admonished, startling another laugh out of him. "You'll have to do better than that!" 

Your pike thrust out and he slipped around it like the snake he was, his own mail clicking with the sharpness of his motions. You scoffed, swinging the shaft instead to finally catch him firmly in the ribs. The prince staggered, but quickly took advantage of your shock as his spear jabbed low, aiming for your legs. 

At the pressure of meeting your body, the safety binding around the blade of the spear tore slightly. You felt something catch on the inside of your unarmored thigh when Oberyn snapped his wrist back, his spear singing through the air with the speed of his retreat. You caught his next attack with the palm of your hand around the haft of his spear, halting the blow before it could land. "Mind your blade." You warned, tipping your head to the now-exposed metal at the head of his spear.

Oberyn nodded, then his eyes widened. As he strode forward, your thigh began to sting. You glanced down, startled by the amount of blood that already darkened your hose. Oberyn shoved you back a step with the force of his approach, his fingers tearing at the laced placket on your trews. 

"W-What are you doing?!" You protested, your voice pitched abnormally high out of fear as you slapped your hands down over his own to still them. He was too close, why was he-

"I have just slit your leg open and you ask what I'm doing? I should have made you wear your cuisses, I am a fool." He hissed, "Sparring with you while we are both in turmoil was me tempting fate, and now you...have…"

His words faded after he gave up on your placket and simply tore the hole in your hosiery a bit wider, exposing more of your bare thigh. You closed your eyes tightly, not wanting to see his face.

"Ser Shieldove, what are these marks from?" Oberyn queried after a moment, his trembling fingers grazing one of the many silvered scars.

"Pinching, Prince Oberyn." You answered softly.

"Pinching." His voice was flat with disbelief.

"When I would make noise or cry out during, Prince Oberyn." 

"Gods, what?" Oberyn breathed. 

You shrugged helplessly. "He did much worse to others. I was useful." You were certain he must be staring at you, but you could not bring yourself to meet his eyes. 

His arms wrapped around your shoulders and he embraced you, pulling you into his chest and resting his forehead against your temple. "That is...barbarous, monstrous." He seethed. "To so boldly attempt to rob you of any delight you might ever have--I tremble with rage!" His laugh was sardonic, bitter, and he was indeed shaking. "So that you can feel the echoes of his lecherous manhandling, every time you bathe or dress?"

"I do not believe he expected me to escape." You admitted, startled by his rough inhale of breath. "I believe he expected me to perish one of those nights, but I was hardier than his usual playthings."

"No more, falcon." Oberyn whispered. "Please. My heart breaks at the notion of you enduring such heinous treatment." He kissed your forehead and you flushed. This was far removed from his usual lighthearted flirting! He sounded distraught, burying his face in your neck as he continued to hold you.

My heart breaks…

Slowly, hesitantly, you raised your hands to rest on his back. Your fingers fumbled for purchase momentarily on his armor. If he merely sought you out for comfort because Ellaria was indisposed, then comfort him you would. Somehow. "I have survived him, however." You sighed. "And thanks to you, he will not harm anyone ever again."

"It feels like too little in the wake of his reign of terror." Oberyn muttered. "I did it solely for my sister, for the dashed body of my infant nephew and the slaughter of my niece, but had I stopped to think about the debt that man must have wracked up with his nightmarish actions…" He trembled again. "It is as though I was picked by the gods themselves to strike him down. Why me, I wonder?"

His palm covered the wound he had created, pressing down steadily as he helped you hobble to the nearby bench. "You worry too much!" You waved off his concern, peering at the wound. It was deeper than you had anticipated, but it was still hardly a scratch to someone like yourself. "This parchment cut shall not fell me. Unless you've poisoned your blade, Red Viper?"

"Never!" Oberyn protested. "I would not gamble so foolishly on naught but a simple sparring match, Ser Shieldove."

"You do loathe losing." You teased. "You must tell your daughters I died valiantly, cursing your name while choking on my own spittle or something equally as glorious."

"It would be a death for the history books." Oberyn assured you, the furrow of his heavy brow lessening somewhat as he seemed to realize that you would be alright. 

A servant skittered around the corner of the hallway leading to the training yard, her gauzy skirts bunched up in her hands so she could run freely. "Prince Oberyn!" She called, gasping for breath. 

The prince whirled and you lunged to your feet, your leg forgotten. "Speak, girl!" Oberyn demanded of the servant, who had obviously run quite a fair bit in order to find him.

"Baby--Ellaria wants--come now-" The girl panted, gesturing vaguely behind her.

Oberyn was still for a moment, like he was frozen. You placed a hand on his rear and gave him a gentle shove, saying, "tell her no matter what happens, I am proud of her, Oberyn." The prince nodded hurriedly, shaking off his daze and bolting down the hall.

You grimaced. Hopefully, no one would question the blood that stained his hand and vambrace! You decided your best option would be to retreat to your quarters to dress your wound and wait, on the off chance that the prince or his paramour would deign to summon you.

You had hoped that the sparring would help you expend some of your nervous energy, but it did not seem that luck was on your side. You found yourself endlessly restless, pacing back and forth beside your pallet as the sun slowly sank. The bells for the evening meal rang out, but you ignored them. 

You finally lit your lantern and settled down into the chair beside your bed, focusing on the flame that flickered in the glass panes. It was an old exercise, but comforting in its familiarity. You let your mind empty, let everything drift away until all that remained was the candle and yourself. 

All I ask is that they are healthy, whole and strong. You were uncertain of who you prayed to in these times of meditation, daring to surmise that you prayed to anyone who might be listening. All I ask is that Ellaria is well, and the baby is well. Your brow furrowed. Please.

You did not know how much time passed while you were in prayerful contemplation, only realizing how sore your back was when the door to your quarters was thrown open. The sudden motion made you flinch in surprise, looking up. It was that same servant, the young girl, her face alight. "The prince and his lady have sent for you, Ser Shieldove!" she chirped. 

Thank you, you threw your heartfelt gratitude to whoever might be responsible before snuffing out the candle.

Clad in only light hose and undertunic, you raced through the maze of outer hallways with all the speed and eagerness of a child. As you approached the birthing chambers, however, you attempted to calm your thundering heart and turbulent mind, slowing to an undignified jog.

The guard at the door saluted you stiffly, opening the door after a moment of floundering with his gauntlets. You crept into the room, closing the door gingerly behind you and then turning to survey the scene. 

The first thing you noted was Ellaria sound asleep in the lavishly-structured bed, her arms supporting a swaddled, tiny babe hungrily mouthing at her breast. You heaved a sigh of relief, slumping back against the door. The next thing you saw was Oberyn beside the bed, still in his armor, with a second swaddled bundle cradled in his embrace.

The prince looked up at you and you saw that his eyes were glassy with tears. "I have been blessed." He said hoarsely.

"Two?" You whispered, barely able to believe it yourself. 

Oberyn nodded, beckoning you closer. "Come see my first son, Ser Shieldove." He implored, his voice breaking. No longer caring if you seemed overeager, you strode across the chamber to the prince's side. Oberyn tugged at the swaddling by the babe's face, allowing you a clear view. 

"Oh." You sighed wistfully, reaching out to touch his sweet little nose before you remembered your manners and snatched your hand back. This was a Sand, after all, and the firstborn boy no less!

Oberyn tilted his head towards the washbasin beside the bed. "Wash yourself, and you may hold him."

"A-Are you sure? What if I...gods, he is so small, Prince Oberyn." You whispered. Oberyn just nodded, gesturing to the basin again. You obliged him rapidly but thoroughly, washing yourself to your elbows and then patting your arms dry with the clean towel. You returned and you were confronted with the reality of a slumbering, swaddled babe being deposited into your arms. 

"Cradle his neck, rest him upon your breast. The little ones have no real strength to hold themselves up." Oberyn instructed you softly, moving your hands until the baby was secure against your chest. "Look at him, just look." The prince didn't seem to be able to stop marveling at his new son, drawing a whisper-soft finger down the bridge of his wee nose. You were almost worried about the excessive attention he was giving to the boy, when he abruptly turned back to Ellaria. "Now, precious daughter, are you sated?" He cooed. Gods, domesticity suited him, armor and all. "Will you grant your poor mother respite? She has toiled long to bring you to my arms." 

"Too long." Ellaria agreed, smiling wearily up at Oberyn. He kissed her forehead, losing the battle with his tears. "Do not cry, lover!" His paramour chided him as he sniffled. 

"I am the most blessed man in all of Dorne and you would have me be stoic, woman? This one time, I'm afraid I cannot acquiesce!" Oberyn huffed, carefully scooping his sleeping daughter off of Ellaria's chest. You stifled your own giggles at the prince's petulant behavior, swaying back and forth idly.

Ellaria glanced up at the sound of your snorting, her eyes barely open as she smiled at you. "I am glad you're here, Ser Shieldove. I know my little ones will be safe now." She mumbled, obviously moments from falling back to sleep. 

You nodded, chuckling at Oberyn's indignant grumble. The baby in your arms stirred and you began to sing softly, not wanting to disturb Ellaria. "The moon rides sand dunes home to me, she calls me sweetly by name. I am a child, a child of Dorne, the moon she knows my name." You crooned, still swaying to and fro in an attempt to lull the babe back to sleep. "The sun rides sea waves home to me, he calls me proudly by name. I am a child, a child of Dorne, the sun he knows my name." You continued to hum the tune, even as you felt the little one relax against your chest.

"How do you know that song?" Oberyn whispered.

You glanced up, but his expression was guarded. "I heard one of the older knights singing it and I asked him to teach me. He said it was a child's song." You replied, whispering as well. "I simply liked the tune. Should I not sing it?"

"I have not heard that song since I was only knee-high myself. I had all but forgotten it." Oberyn's eyes were thoughtful, the prince studying you closely. "You are full of surprises, my falcon. It gives me a certain joy to know that the first song my babes ever heard was Moon And Sun." His brow furrowed. "I cannot recall the third verse, the one about the stars."

"The stars crown mountains high above, unbowed, unbent, unbroken. We are the stars, the stars of Dorne, the world will know our name." You prompted softly.

"You have a lovely voice, my dove. Perhaps you are a nightingale?" Oberyn teased. "I shall ask you to perform at their naming."

"Your mockery always wounds me so deeply, your highness." You deadpanned. Tiny fingers wrapped around your index and you looked down, but the child's eyes were still closed. "I have been seized, it appears." You said with a smile, laying a careful kiss on the baby's head. 

Oberyn cleared his throat suspiciously hard, thumbing away a few stray tears. You chose not to comment, allowing him his moment of paternal weakness.

…

You spread the blanket out on the ground in the blood orange grove, laughing when you caught sight of Dorea clobbering a nearby tree with her child-sized morningstar. "Lady Dorea! I believe you have vanquished that particular foe!" You called.

"Ser Shieldove, there is an orange that I can't reach and it is the best one! I need it for Mama!" She yelled back, bouncing on her toes as she tried to jump for the fruit. You shook your head, making your way through the rows of trees to where she stood. 

The fruit was (probably) just within your grasp if you stood on your tiptoes and braced against the trunk of the tree. You stretched out your arm, reaching upwards and-

Someone's hands landed on your sides, pressing into your armor and lifting you with ease. You managed to grab the orange, laughing when you realized that it was Oberyn who had given you your boost. "Your highness! Thank you for your brave effort." You said with a grateful smile, tossing the orange to Dorea. The little girl tore off towards the blanket you had spread, hollering to the approaching Ellaria that she had the perfect orange for her.

You expected Oberyn to release you with some quip, but oddly, he did not. His touch was not particularly uncomfortable. Firm enough that you could feel it through your armor, but loose enough that you knew you could easily twist free should you desire to. In amongst the sheltering branches of the blood orange tree, the prince caged you against the trunk and studied you intently. 

"Your highness?" You asked softly. "We should return, the children are-" His mouth on your own halted your words and you went stiff. His kiss tasted of fresh blood orange, tangy with citrus and you found yourself enjoying it a fair bit more than you should have, your chest heaving against his own when he finally pulled away.

"My falcon, my dove, shield of the Red Viper's clutch." Oberyn breathed, his pupils blown in the green-dappled light beneath the tree's foliage. "Forgive my impudence. Seeing you with my children stirs my mind to such wicked thoughts."

"Prince Oberyn!" you protested, your traitorous body still reeling from his kiss. But no, you couldn't, Ellaria-- "Please, you must think of your family." You insisted tremulously. "I will not let you ruin the beautiful life you have built for yourself. This...affection, whatever it is you're feeling for me--" You sucked in a sharp breath. "It is nothing but a misplaced infatuation. It will pass. You must consider your children, your highness, a-and Lady Ellaria."

"You truly believe that?" Oberyn asked, but he didn't sound angry. If anything, he sounded hurt. "You believe that I would seek you out due to something so cheap as infatuation? What, simply to exercise the power I have over you?" You shook your head, not trusting yourself to speak. "Your silence is damning, Ser Shieldove. I would never try to wound Ellaria or my children, just as I would never try to wound you. I thought I had made that clear."

His hand carded delicately through your hair, tucking a few loose locks back into your braids. "I do not believe you would purposely seek to hurt me." You amended finally, your gaze firmly fixed on the toes of your boots. "Many men do not realize the harm they cause, either through their actions or their wandering eyes."

"I am not many men." Oberyn replied softly. "I have lain with both men and women, my falcon. I know well the pain of careless touch and I do not abide by it in my partners." He stepped away from you after a moment, shrugging. "If you are so concerned about my infatuation, mayhaps you ought to ask my paramour what she thinks of inviting you into our bedchambers?" He suggested with a feigned attitude of nonchalance.

"Are you mad? Obe-Prince Oberyn, you are hers. There are certain things that one does not do, even as a prince of Dorne." You snapped, your turmoil adding a sharp edge to your voice. 

Oberyn looked startled, then he had the audacity to grin. "I am hers, you say? You insinuate that I ought to receive permission? Then I'll go ask her now-"

"What? No, that's not it at--damn it, Oberyn, take this seriously!" You hissed, wanting to strangle him. "She has borne your children, have some respect for her and don't attempt to stray!"

Oberyn's laughter washed over you and you were torn between the urge to punch him in the gut and the urge to bury yourself alive. "Stray?" He finally sputtered. "Forgive my mirth, my falcon. I am...All I can say is that you really must speak with my paramour. I imagine the two of you will have a highly interesting discussion."

"Oh, of that I am certain." You said icily, stalking past him and heading towards the blanket where Ellaria played with the twins. You bowed stiffly and her eyebrow quirked, as if to ask what's wrong? "I will return to the water gardens, my lady. His highness appears to be in such ferociously high spirits I assume he will be more than up to the task of warding off any attackers."

"Do not leave, Ser Shieldove!" Oberyn boomed directly behind you, making you jump out of your skin. Gods, he could be so quiet! "I will maintain my composure, I give you my word!"

"It is not your composure I worry about." You shot back under your breath, making him struggle vainly to disguise his laughter as a coughing fit. 

Ellaria looked back and forth between her lover and you, her eyes dancing like they did when she and Oberyn enjoyed one of their many secret jokes. "I see you both have been sampling the oranges." She commented pointedly, tapping her lower lip while winking at you. "They do stain so beautifully, don't they lover?"

"But Ser Shieldove has not even had any yet!" Loreza said plaintively, the younger Sand's red-stained fingers tugging at Dorea's hand. "We should get her some."

"Aye, how is it that you have blood orange on your mouth and not a mark on your hands?" Oberyn asked playfully, as if he didn't already know, this was all his fault!

You were back to warring between the two urges and the option to punch Oberyn, while absolutely certain to lead to your immediate incarceration, was looking more appealing by the second. You set your jaw, willing away the tears that were trying to build as Loreza set off with Dorea in tow. "I am--I am leaving now." You said thickly, cursing yourself for the sob that blatantly hitched your words. 

Ellaria immediately noticed your discomfort, her smile vanishing. "Are you well, my dove?" You hiccupped roughly, nodding. Your performance wouldn't have fooled anyone, but Ellaria seemed to take pity on you and allowed you to dismiss yourself. 

You stalked off through the orchard, trying vainly to stem the flow of tears that poured down your face. You finally stopped beneath one of the many trees, sliding down the trunk and wrapping your arms around your knees so you could hide your face as you sobbed. It was incredibly unfair of Oberyn to tease you so maliciously, but what did you expect from a prince? No doubt to him, the common folks' feelings were nothing but toys. Your heart had soared and broken all at once, leaving you feeling bruised and aching. 

The summer of being wanted, desired by someone, the winter of knowing that giving in to them would destroy their happiness...

"Ser Shieldove!" You started, looking up. You hadn't noticed Loreza and Dorea returning from their hunt, the two girls arm-in-arm. "What happened? Did you get hurt?" Dorea asked worriedly, making your heart break all over again. "Should we get Mama?"

"Oh, no no!" You tried to assuage their concern, giving the two girls a watery smile while you cast your mind around for a suitable excuse. "I--I saw a bee."

"You're scared of bees?!" Loreza erupted incredulously. "I didn't think you were scared of anything!"

"Not even our papa!" Dorea paused, then added, "but I'm scared of bees too. I got stung once, on my foot. That's why I wear my big boots now." She said importantly, shuffling the aforementioned boots. They did look oversized for her stature. You had never noticed…

An orange was thrust at your face, Loreza blinking solemnly down at you. "We found you a good one. It's ripe, I promise." The two of them plopped down on either side of you like little sentries, Dorea brandishing her tiny morningstar. 

You turned the orange over and over in your hands. "You know, where I am from, these are only for royalty." You began suddenly, digging your nails into the peel. "I had never even touched one before I came to Dorne."

"Never?" Loreza gawked, her own cheeks smeared with red from her feast. "I love oranges. Kumquats. Grapefruits."

"Lemons are better than grapefruits. More spicy." Dorea said firmly. "Like dragon peppers."

"I don't like dragon peppers." Loreza retorted sulkily. "They burn my tongue." 

The two girls bickered around you while you slowly peeled and ate the fruit, your turbulent thoughts calming under the press of the mundane task. You felt foolish for letting your emotions get the best of you; obviously Oberyn only teased you because he knew he would get a reaction! You pushed away the memory of how gently he had tucked your hair back into its braids. It was probably a force of habit for him, having had so many daughters. It meant nothing. 

You tore apart the last two slices of orange and slurped the juice off the heel of your hand, realizing that Dorea and Loreza had gone quiet. A quick look confirmed your suspicions: the two of them were sound asleep. 

You exhaled through your nose, then settled back against the tree. You eased Loreza down into your lap, stroking over her hair absently. The little girl yawned, but did not move. Dorea slumped into your arm and you carefully wrapped it around her instead, keeping your hand on her shoulder so she didn't topple over. Your own eyelids grew heavy the longer you sat with the two little girls, though you knew you ought to be vigilant for any dangers that could be lurking. Worn out from your crying jag, you slipped from consciousness yourself. 

You were roused what must have been hours later by a cautious touch on your shoulder. You jerked awake, your hand flying to the pommel of your seldom-used sword. "Tis' only me, my dove." Ellaria soothed, her hand resting on your shoulder. "You did not make it back to the water gardens, I see." She nodded downwards at the sleeping child in your lap. 

The sun was hanging low and red on the horizon, casting a pink hue over the land. "Seems I didn't." You yawned indecently wide, then carefully hugged Dorea a bit closer. "The little ones found me an orange fit for royalty to eat, and we spoke of important matters." 

"Oh?" Ellaria arched a brow.

"Bees, my lady. We spoke of bees." 

"Have you found them, my love?" You heard footsteps approaching. "Ah! I should have known." Oberyn continued softly, obviously trying not to wake the twins that slumbered in his own arms. "Safe and sound asleep."

Ellaria roused her daughters, eventually permitting you to get to your feet and work the kinks out of your neck from sitting in such an awkward position for so long. "I believe we should speak." Ellaria murmured, placing her hand on your shoulder once again.

You shook your head violently. "There is naught to speak about, my lady. I assure you, I shall cause you no trouble." You knew that your tone was exceptionally weary, but you hoped she could forgive such indiscretion. 

"Listen to Ellaria, Ser Shieldove." Oberyn demanded. "This is a mistake-"

"I'm well aware that what occurred was a mistake." You interrupted him through gritted teeth. "And as I said, Prince Oberyn, I will cause no trouble for you or your lady."

Oberyn opened his mouth to retort but Ellaria gestured for him to be silent. "Tomorrow, then?" She phrased it like a request, but you knew better than to think you could refuse her.

You bowed perfectly, your form ramrod straight when you saluted her and the prince. Your words were dripping with false sincerity as you stated, "Of course, my lady. I live to serve."

…

The dread that you felt permeated your very marrow. You were certain you would be sent away. What else did one do with a member of their household who was untrustworthy, especially if their partner proved they could not or would not stay away from such temptations?

This was surely the end of your proud career under the banner of House Martell. You were a fool for thinking that you could have been happy here.

You packed your few possessions with an air of sorrowful finality. You hadn't acquired much during your time in these lodgings, your living space admittedly Spartan. When you were summoned, the manservant found you sitting patiently on your bed in your armor, your satchel slouched on the floor. 

"Ser Shieldove, Ellaria Sand requests your presence." The older man droned, raising an eyebrow at your state of preparedness.

You nodded, trying not to let your apprehension show as you thanked him and proceeded out into the hall. Your boots felt like they were lined with lead and your eyes stung from all the heartsick weeping you had done the night before. Your stomach would not cease feverishly knotting. 

All too soon you found yourself at the door to the prince's chambers, raising your hand to knock. You hesitated momentarily, flattening your palm on the door and then resting your forehead against the intricate latticework. Your shoulders heaved with a single, soundless sob before you straightened back up. You would face this trial like all the others in your life, with some bare shred of dignity.

You knocked on the door. Upon hearing Ellaria's voice bidding you to enter, you unhitched the latch and let the door swing open. You ought to have known that Oberyn would be present as well. You weren't sure why seeing him standing on their terrace felt so...final. 

"Ser Shieldove, you come dressed for war." Ellaria remarked, sounding surprised. "Please, set your bag and blade by the door."

"I sought to make my dismissal simple, my lady." Your voice rasped in your throat when you spoke. You made no move to come further into the room, nor did you release your hold on your bag. "We do not need to drag this out, especially not from some misguided desire to soften the blow."

Oberyn turned to look at you, his brow furrowed. But you only had eyes for Ellaria, the woman rising from her vanity to pad barefoot across the floor to you. She stood before you, unarmed, unafraid, her hair still loose around her face. "Why do you believe you were brought here for dismissal, my sweet dove?" Ellaria asked. Gods, gods, her tenderness was going to reave your soul from your body.

You swallowed hard. "I...forgive me, my lady. Please, forgive me. I was weak and permitted my emotions to get the better of me. I did not firmly reprimand Prince Oberyn when he kissed me in the orchard. I take full responsibility for my failure." You bowed your head in grief, your dry eyes burning. "I will not bring shame to your family with my indiscretion, so I come willingly to my dismissal."

"She kisses like a virgin, Ellaria." Oberyn murmured, a hand cupping his paramour's hip and tucking her into his side. "She kisses like she has never been kissed. It was divine."

You flushed hotly, certain that he was mocking you. "I cannot believe your cruelty." You muttered incredulously. "To jest about something like that!"

"Is it true, my little dove?" Ellaria purred, her hand stroking your cheek. "Do you kiss like a virgin?" You stared at her, thoroughly confused now. You did not even notice her other hand cupping your face, utterly transfixed by how close she was. She was so near that you could see there were tiny flecks of gold in the brown of her irises. 

And then she kissed you. 

Your satchel fell off your shoulder, hitting the floor with a muffled thud when you reached out clumsily, gathering the other woman in your arms. She let you, she let you, gods, she was kissing you and that was her tongue teasing your own. You whimpered into her mouth, bewildered and helpless to resist her. 

"I think you are right, lover." Ellaria agreed after she took pity on you and allowed you a moment to breathe. "Hot and trembling and yet so, so eager."

"I...do not understand." You said weakly.

"Oberyn and I found long ago that we share certain proclivities, my dove." Ellaria explained, toying with your hair. "Particularly in the bedroom."

You felt like your mind couldn't catch up to your mouth, stammering, "S-So...wait, the both of you…?" 

Oberyn, his chin resting on Ellaria's shoulder, gave you a sly wink. "Aye, my love has excellent taste." The man tugged Ellaria's dressing gown to the side, baring her shoulder so he could shower it with kisses. "We have a special affinity for strapping, chivalrous types."

"So I'm not...I wouldn't...the-the both of you would know about me?" You stuttered.

"What do you mean, my falcon?" Oberyn asked curiously. 

"Well, I just...I assumed you were seeking me out as a--a secret. Something akin to adultery." Your voice faltered a bit. "B-Behind Lady Ellaria's back." You watched as understanding appeared to dawn on the prince, his brow furrowing darkly.

"Oh no, no no, gentle dove." Ellaria cupped your face with her hands. "We indulge together and we indulge openly. You would not be Oberyn's secret plaything." She assured you sincerely.

"Forgive me, I did not mean to imply that I think so little of you!" You apologized to Oberyn, who still looked somewhat thunderous. "I was distraught and confused, your highness. You know well that I have been wounded before. Please, please forgive me." You wrung your hands fervently. "I would do anything to-"

"Be still, my falcon. You protest overmuch." Oberyn chided, his expression clearing. "If you believe that your simple misunderstanding grieved me, I should hope that you never heard all the terrible, salacious rumors spread about me in King's Landing!" He smirked. "Such imaginative people."

"They certainly had a strange way of slandering you." Ellaria remarked, her lips twitching into a wry smile. "Do you remember what they said about your cock?"

"Oh that one was my favorite." Oberyn, no doubt noticing your horrified look, began to laugh in earnest. "There was a rumor that my cock was the same as a horse's, you understand." He finally managed to explain. "Length, girth, a hearty amount of description went into this tale. I feared I would disappoint, after hearing such an inventive story about myself! Mercifully, none of the lovely women and men in the brothel seemed particularly distressed about me lacking a cock that would outright murder them. One poor girl swooned from relief, timid thing."

"Oh dear." You said faintly. "I mean, the rumors are not wholly unfounded, but perhaps slightly less exaggeration-" You halted abruptly with a sharp squeak of dismay, what had you just said?!

"Flatterer! Always, it's in your blood I'd wager!" Oberyn chuckled, shaking his head. "I believe it is due more to my age, prolific partners and casual promiscuity. No one there could fathom such a thing, though in Dorne we view it as a common practice. That and the unwavering love I had for all my daughters. They claimed I was barking mad. Surely, I ought to be cursing the Seven every time a new girl was born." He scoffed derisively, blowing a raspberry as though he was a child. "Instead of being delighted with a healthy babe to love and spoil, sing songs to and dandle upon my knee. Aye, Prince Oberyn is surely mad."

His hand reached out to cover Ellaria's on your cheek and you closed your eyes, leaning into their joint touch. 

"Gods, is she not the loveliest woman you have ever laid eyes on?" Oberyn mused softly.

"Truly. So strong and brave!" Ellaria answered, making you flush with embarrassment and stare downwards. "Do not shy from such ardent words, my dove! They are spoken in truth, I promise you."

"I do not doubt your sincerity, my lady! It is just...it is overwhelming." You replied honestly. "A part of me is still that terrified woman from King's Landing, trying to barter for passage aboard any vessel willing to take me. That I would be rescued by the two of you…I never could have imagined this, even in my wildest dreams."

"It was a lucky chance that my dear Oberyn spotted you."

"I'd surmise more divine providence, but all the same." You smiled. "Thank you. Both of you. I...I know not what to say."

"Join us in our bed, gentle dove." Oberyn requested, his voice deadly serious. "Join us, my falcon." His hand slid beneath your chin, tugging lightly at your gorget and no doubt feeling your rough swallow. "Let us give you something good to think of on lonely nights when duty calls you elsewhere."

"I--I-I would very much like that, your highness." You whispered. 

His fingers hitched your chin, tipping it upwards so he could see your eyes. "Oberyn." He said softly.

"Oberyn." You allowed yourself to say his name deliberately and he grinned, tugging at your chin playfully before he released you and stepped back.

Ellaria caught his hand, and then extended her own to you. "Leave your sword, my dove."

"The armor as well." Oberyn added, his smile growing wider by the moment as you began to hurriedly oblige. You were thankful that the leathers slid off over your head, but the chainmail shirt took a bit more twisting and turning for you to emerge safely. "Gods, look at her, my love." Oberyn sighed to Ellaria after you had fought your way free of the mail, "the pride of her, the way she stands. I would happily cultivate such splendor."

"You did, Oberyn." You pointed out, fumbling with your cuisses. "You granted me the opportunity, after all."

"Let me help you, my dove." Ellaria murmured, her hands covering your own. You grimaced uncertainly, glancing to Oberyn. "He told me of your markings. I am no pampered princess, Shieldove." The steel in her gaze was undeniable; she dared you to think she would cringe at the sight of your scars. "I bear many of my own marks. The life of a Sand is better than most, but still fraught with its own hardships."

You nodded jerkily, letting her assist you with removing your cuisses, greaves and sword belt before she ran her hand over the laces at your groin. You swallowed hard. "I do not wish to distress you, my lady."

"Only Ellaria here, my dove. Here and everafter." The woman said, her fingers tugging the laced placket loose.

Oberyn sauntered up beside her as she slid her palm to your hip, fingers spread on the hot skin she found there. "Your consent, my falcon?" He breathed against your jaw, placing a trail of kisses over the area. "I seek your enthusiastic consent. I seek to have you undone and crying out in rapture, but first your consent." 

Ellaria's fingers teased at the waistband of your hose and you shut your eyes, gathering your courage. "Yes. Yes, I...I want. I want you both." You managed to say. 

"Open your eyes, knight of House Martell." Oberyn ordered and you obeyed meekly. The prince touched his forehead to your own, his brows pulled low. "Your consent, Ser Shieldove. Look at me while you give it. Look at her while you give it. We need to know. We need to hear it from your lips. No hesitation."

"We will stop if you cannot consent, sweet dove." Ellaria assured you. 

"N-No! No, I do want this, I swear I do. Gods, my head is spinning from how much I want the two of you." You confessed bluntly. "I am unsure of how to proceed. I do not know what to do. Forgive my inexperience." You held out your hands imploringly. "Show me what to do?"

"Never apologize for not knowing." Oberyn said firmly. "All man should ever apologize for is not being willing to learn." He stroked his fingers over your temple, light as a feather's touch on your skin. "And you are so, so willing." He whispered. "You have sought learning your whole life, my dove. Sought to hone your body, hone your spirit with songs and prayer. You have learned how to wield our weapons and cradle our babes with the same willingness that you approach us with now."

Ellaria enfolded your hands in her own as you processed Oberyn's words, each one saved in your heart like a precious treasure. All man should ever apologize for is not being willing to learn. "Will you…" you hesitated, biting your lip. "Will you help me learn?"

"Gods, I would eagerly kiss the breath from your chest." Ellaria sighed, her smile warming you from head to toe. 

"Is it...considered strange that I want the both of you?" You asked warily. "I have never lain with a woman before, b-but I would...I mean, if I could, I would like...I would like to. Attempt to! That is." You fumbled, kissing her knuckles afterwards.

"You wish to drink from the pure springs of my paramour? A bold request. What will you offer me in return for my generosity?" Oberyn's lips brushed your ear and you quivered when he continued, "will you let me touch you as you touch her, my falcon?"

You raised your eyes to meet his, startled by the heat you found there. Did he really feel that strongly about you? You freed one hand from Ellaria and reached out to take hold of his light robe. "If you harm me-" You began to warn him, your voice catching in your throat.

"Sweet dove, he will not." Ellaria assured you, her expression serious. "Neither of us will. I promise you." She cupped your jaw, her thumbs grazing your chin achingly soft. "We of Dorne are known for our passion, but a fire is gentle embers before it is stoked to hungry flame. We will not harm you."

"This incredible, delicious display of vulnerability that you are presenting to us...well, it would be wholly inappropriate to squander such a gift." Oberyn's hand covered yours on his robe, larger fingers lacing easily through your own. "We will bed you, and we will love you, my falcon."

"Do you offer such pleasures to all your knights?" You queried, half in jest as you let him lead you to their sun-drenched bed. 

"Only for the ones who break the Mountain's fingers." Oberyn chuckled, leaving you and Ellaria to settle onto the bed while he went to draw the thin curtains over the entrance to the terrace. 

Ellaria pulled one end of the laces on your placket, her motions teasingly slow and deliberate. The lacing unwound itself, tugging free of the grommets until your sturdy hose were slouching open. Her hand pushed your tunic up slightly, enough to reveal a sliver of your stomach for her to graze her knuckles against, then her lips. Those fingers curled around the hem of your tunic, continuing to drag it upwards to bunch underneath your breasts. 

"Her body looks beautiful like that, my love." Oberyn commented idly from his position at the foot of the bed. "Ser Shieldove, touch her hair, caress her. She loves to be touched while her mouth is occupied."

Your trembling fingers barely grazed Ellaria's luxuriously unbound locks, still smooth from being brushed, and you felt your heartbeat quicken in your chest. "May I…?" Ellaria nodded and you dug your hands greedily into her soft waves, half-sitting so you could press a lock to your lips. "Thank you, Ellaria."  You whispered. 

"Such chivalry! Perhaps we will consider parting with a few locks for you to carry into battle as a token of our affection." Oberyn kissed the crown of your head. "Regrettably, my curls are a bit shorter than hers."

"Mm, yours would make such delightful paintbrushes." Ellaria teased, continuing to cover the skin of your stomach with tender kisses and nips. She bit down gently on the waistband of your hose, looking up at you in question. You nodded rapidly and Oberyn settled into the bed alongside you, the man yawning wide. 

"Watch her now, my falcon." He instructed, his fingers tracing lazy circles on the bare skin of your stomach before this thumb slid beneath your bunched-up tunic. "She is such art, the way she moves. Had I the skill for it, I would write endless poems about the beautiful anticipation she inspires in me." His touch was light, teasing, forefinger and thumb pinched into the fabric of your tunic to ease it off the rest of the way. His other hand shot up to lift and cradle the back of your neck while he divested you of the article of clothing, the inconsequential motion new and gentle to you.

Ellaria rolled the hosiery off down your legs, the light breeches sticking to your heated skin. You were left nearly bare, the only garment still on your body the simple breast binding you used when you were armored. Ellaria hummed in satisfaction, drawing her hands greedily up your trembling form to seize the edge of your bindings. "Be naked for us, gentle dove." She crooned, her sweet voice dissolving your last fear. You placed your hands over her own, helping her to untie the frantically-knotted cloth.

Oberyn hissed out a breath through his teeth when your breasts were finally freed. "Gods, you were made for us." He groaned, "I want to grab handfuls of you and gorge myself on your taste, my falcon." 

Ellaria wasted no time flicking her tongue over the stiff peak of your right breast, smiling when you threw your head back in response. Oberyn lapped sloppily over your left breast and then blew gently on the damp trail, forcing you to bite down on the heel of your palm to keep from making a sound.

Oberyn eased your hand away from your mouth however, grimacing when he saw the marks your teeth had left in the skin. His facial hair felt like pinpricks when he kissed your palm, his eyes solemn. "We crave your sounds, my falcon. We welcome them." He murmured. "You can be as loud or as soft as you want, but do not smother them before they can blossom."

Ellaria toyed with your nipple, rolling her index finger back and forth over it and you whimpered pitifully, blinking back the tears that rose and nodding hard. "I will try, Oberyn."

"It will take time, sweet dove." Ellaria's gentle smile pierced your heart, her soft words contrasting so vividly with her devious fingers. "Do not underestimate our patience. You are our knight, our shield, and we will cherish you as you ought to have been cherished."

Part Three

[hongism]

give and take - k.ys, j.wy, k.hj 18+

pairing; wooyoung x yeosang x hongjoong genre; angst, smut, 18+, the angst isn’t bad i swear it’s temporary wc; 16.8k summary; watching the two people he has feelings for come together in a relationship that holds some of the greatest moments of intimacy. and sure, yes, yeosang acknowledges that it could be something purely physical for them, but that doesn’t negate the fact that the two people he has feelings for are fucking and have been fucking right under his nose for the last several weeks. warnings; explicit smut, fingering, oral sex: m, dirty talk, praise, lil degradation, slight exhibitionism and voyeurism, explicit smut, multiple orgasms, come sharing, masturbation, handjobs, threesome, sub woo, sub yeo, dom joong, yaknow the works an; happy belated valentine’s day! i hope you all enjoy muahmuah xx also this is grossly unedited im sorry but my internet is gonna go out again at any second and i just wanna post this ;;-;

﹊﹊﹊

It starts, as many things do, with a little bit of jealousy. And honestly, Yeosang could not for the life of him tell you what exactly that jealousy was in the slightest (at least that is what he tries to convince himself on nights where his thoughts all but consume him). He was not the first to notice the sudden dynamic shift between Hongjoong and Wooyoung, and he was positively certain that the others would catch up soon enough. He was the third to detect the shift in their demeanors around each other; Seonghwa obviously being the first since he’s so close with Hongjoong and apparently has to vacate his own bedroom whenever Wooyoung disappears inside. Jongho, the ever-observant and perceptive youngest, was the second to notice, and he is actually the one who prompted Yeosang to take a deeper look into what was going on.

At first, Yeosang thought nothing of it. Hongjoong and Wooyoung had been getting closer, moving past those first fumbling awkward moments they had in the beginning and blossoming into a closer relationship. It seemed only natural for the two of them to spend more time together. Then Jongho pulled him aside one day after Wooyoung quite deliberately turned down the opportunity to play games with San and Yunho. 

“What’s going on with Wooyoung-hyung and Hongjoong-hyung?”

Yeosang had blinked dumbly at the younger and made some sort of dumb noise asking why Jongho would be bringing the question to him of all people, then it sunk in that of course he would bring it to Yeosang. Yeosang is both the one who has known Wooyoung the longest — and is subsequently the closest with the younger brunette — as well as Wooyoung’s roommate, so he spends a considerable amount of time with the man.

“He’s not mentioned anything to me?”

Yeosang cursed himself then for sounding so dumb and unsure, but it was the truth in the very least, and Jongho gave a slight shrug before walking away with a shady ‘maybe you should pay closer attention, hyung’ that left Yeosang glaring at the spot where the youngest just stood. 

Pay closer attention to what?

Yeosang didn’t have any idea what exactly he was supposed to be paying attention to, so he just did what he thought he did best, which was observing from the sidelines. One good thing about being quiet by nature was being able to examine conversations and interactions with greater care, as well as listen in on things that perhaps he should not be listening to but sometimes the others are just too loud for him not to overhear.

After Jongho mentions it to him though, Yeosang truly does start picking up on things. How Hongjoong snaps at Wooyoung in practice only to give him a twisting smirk afterward, how Wooyoung side-eyes the leader before dipping into the bathroom on movie nights, and especially how Hongjoong always waits three minutes and forty-five seconds before getting up to head down the hall proclaiming to need ‘sleep’. Yeosang is positive the two are doing something behind everyone’s backs — well everyone except Seonghwa, because the eldest always stares after Hongjoong’s back as the man departs with a look in his eye that Yeosang is incapable of placing. 

The most important thing is that Wooyoung is spending less and less time with Yeosang, and consequently, Hongjoong too is spending less time with Yeosang. And the visual truly didn’t think there was anything wrong with it at first. He wasn’t bothered or bent out of shape about the increase in their shady encounters or whatever it is they’re up to because he didn’t think it was too out of the ordinary. 

Then Wooyoung asked for a raincheck on their typical Thursday evening ramen stop. Yeosang saw him darting off to the studio moments after, and he didn’t return to their shared room until Hongjoong did. (Yeosang definitely did stay up waiting for either man to return; he didn’t need the confirmation, of course, he could have just assumed, but what’s several hours of lost sleep to him now?)

And after that, Hongjoong canceled one of their producing sessions together saying that he was simply too busy that day to check in on Yeosang’s progress. He had promised to look over his work and listen to his song when they returned to the dorms, but when Yeosang packed his things and left the studio for the day, he saw a very distinctly Wooyoung-shaped figure dipping into Hongjoong’s studio behind him. 

Yeosang thought he wasn’t one to get jealous. He thought he had learned that lesson the painful way when Wooyoung started casting him to the side to spend time with San instead of him, then when Hongjoong and Seonghwa called him out for the behavior, the issue had been resolved and Wooyoung returned to giving him ample amounts of attention. So truly, Yeosang cannot understand why he feels the small stirrings of jealousy in his gut whenever he sees Wooyoung running to Hongjoong. And even worse are the nagging jealousies that come when the leader is the one to seek Wooyoung out. Yeosang cannot for the life of him rectify that one, because why is he jealous of his best friend for simply spending time with Hongjoong?

He cannot admit it out loud, but in the nights where he finds himself staying up late and waiting for Wooyoung to return with Hongjoong, he thinks deeply about those curling tendrils in his gut. 

Yeosang has come to the conclusion that for once in his life, he does not like this because it makes him feel like he is missing out on something. That is a startling realization in and of itself because Yeosang has never been one to care much about those sorts of things — it just isn’t in his character or personality — so at first he denied that possibility and tried to look to other sources. When nothing else could ever make sense in his mind, Yeosang just had to accept that this was a new and growing feeling to work through. And perhaps it has something to do with the other emotions swirling through his gut that he refuses to name.

Which lands him where he is now: outside Hongjoong and Seonghwa’s door with hand raised and ready to knock on the wood. It isn’t Wooyoung and Hongjoong inside though, not at this time of day, but rather Seonghwa, the one who has the most amount of contact with Hongjoong and also the one who vacates the room whenever Wooyoung comes running over. So if anyone is going to be able to cure Yeosang’s illness that is Not Knowing What the Fuck is Going on, it will 100% be Seonghwa. Yeosang dares to bring his knuckles down on the wood and raps against the door several times before he hears Seonghwa make a noise from inside the room. 

“Hey, Woo, he’s not here right — oh, Yeosang!” Seonghwa blinks several times at the man before him as though he cannot believe that it is Yeosang and not his best friend standing in front of the door. “Are you looking for Hongjoong too? I’m afraid he’s still holed up in the studio right now.”

“W-What? No, no, hyung, I was looking for you,” Yeosang says with a quick shake of his head. Seonghwa’s eyes remain wide in surprise as he speaks, but once the words process, the older steps to the side and beckons for Yeosang to enter the room.

“Don’t be a stranger, of course, sit wherever you’d like. I was just reading a bit.”

Yeosang has no earthly idea how long this conversation might take. For all he knows, it could take a whopping two minutes or perhaps thirty minutes that falls into a lecture about jealousy and all that. So he resolves to perch on the edge of Hongjoong’s lower bunk, nudging one of the stray plushies to the side to make room for himself while Seonghwa pulls the chair from the desk to sit across from Yeosang. It already feels like something of an intervention, and Yeosang makes a note to choose his words very carefully to avoid sounding too upset or jealous about the situation. 

“Has Wooyoung mentioned anything to you recently?” He starts, but perhaps that isn’t the best place to start at all, he realizes once the question is already out.

“Is there something he is supposed to have mentioned?” Seonghwa asks, tilting his head further to the side. 

“No, like — that’s not what I mean. Has he said anything—” This is the moment of truth for Yeosang. Either Seonghwa picks up on his jealousy in an instant, or he receives a straightforward answer and moves on with his life with at least a bit of understanding. “—anything about why he’s spending so much time with Hongjoong-hyung these days?”

“Hm?” Seonghwa seems genuinely perplexed by the question for a considerable amount of time, eyes darting down to look at a spot on the floor as he mulls over the question. Then, he shakes his head a few times and draws his lips into a tight purse. “Not to me at all, no. Has something happened between you two? Is he not speaking with you? Did you have a falling out? If something happened the—”

“No, no, hyung, please,” Yeosang interjects in a rush. Seonghwa cuts his thoughts short with a small frown, and Yeosang knows he is going to have to offer more of an explanation than that to ease the older’s worries. There is a bit too much shame burning at his gut presently though, a nagging and lingering feeling of embarrassment as he realizes he will inevitably have to admit that he is jealous of all things. And that is going to be another issue because Seonghwa knows him almost better than Wooyoung does, and the older for sure knows that Yeosang is never one to be jealous. 

“It’s okay if the two of you are having issues, Yeosang. It happens to everyone, especially people who have known each other for as long as you and Wooyoung have. I’m not trying to insinuate anything of course, but I just want you to know that there’s nothing to be ashamed of if that’s the case.”

God, Yeosang wants to crawl into a tiny hole and die more than anything else right now because fuck this feeling.

“I’m just — I’m only asking because h-he turned San down the other night to spend time with Hongjoong. He has never done that. He and San are th-the closest and they never turn down the opportunity to spend time with each other, and it seems so odd that he would deny San so that he could spend time with‌ Hongjoong instead, and that’s just weird. It’s weird, and he doesn’t talk about it with me, he doesn’t mention it or anything like that, then he goes off and forgoes our plans together to be with Hongjoong too. And that’s fine, yeah, like they should spend time with each other, I don’t mind that part. Just… Hongjoong did it too and rain checked one of our producing lessons because he was apparently too busy with his own work and — and...”

Yeosang’s voice dies in his throat when he finally brings his gaze up to look Seonghwa in the eye, and the expression staring back at him is so raw and understanding that Yeosang cannot physically force any words out at that point. A small smile curls at the edges of Seonghwa’s lips, he huffs out a quiet laugh, and then his chin dips closer to his chest as the laugh overwhelms him. Yeosang, on the other hand, feels positively childish and stupid now that the admission is out there.

“I told them people would start noticing,” Seonghwa mutters more to himself than to Yeosang, but the younger picks up on the comment nonetheless. So he does know what’s going on between them. “Listen, Yeosang, yes, Wooyoung and Hongjoong are spending lots more time together. Yes, they are being a bit inconsiderate when it comes to the other members, but they are… at a phase in their relationship with each other where it’s easy to get caught up and spend unearthly amounts of time together. I have talked with both of them before about being a bit less persistent and intense, as well as prioritizing other people before themselves. But I am more than happy to talk with them about it again if it would help satiate your hurt feelings a bit?”

At least Seonghwa didn’t call him out on his jealousy. He should be grateful for that much. Why isn’t he grateful for that much? Oh, because of whatever the fuck Seonghwa’s rant is supposed to mean. ‘At a phase in their relationship with each other where it’s easy to get caught up and spend unearthly amounts of time together?’ What the hell is that supposed to mean? Seonghwa is still smiling like he knows, and Yeosang is fully aware that Seonghwa does truly know because there is that lingering odd emotion behind his eyes again that Yeosang despises so much.

“I — wait, what?” Yeosang’s brain is running on pure fumes at this point. The confusion has mounted into something immense, and he hardly remembers why he was so upset at this point now because of the bewilderment rushing through his system.

“I can talk with them again if you’d like?” Seonghwa repeats his previous offer, eyes wide as he blinks at Yeosang and awaits an answer.

“No, the — the part about their relationship?”

Seonghwa glances off to the side, and he seems to think over what he’s said before his eyes widen a bit in shock.

“A-Ah! Um, no, don’t — I don’t mean anything crude, of course!” Anything crude? Yeosang’s mind certainly wasn’t going down that path before but now that Seonghwa has mentioned that, it is now. And frankly, that throws him off more than anything else because he never would have assumed that that is what was going on behind those closed doors or anything. He has known Wooyoung swings both ways with little care since well before Wooyoung knew himself, and well, Hongjoong told the whole group that he’s pansexual when they chose him to be the leader because of transparency and honesty or some shit like that but... still. Yeosang would expect something like that to happen between Wooyoung and San but with Hongjoong? He can’t even imagine that — not that he wants to imagine it! He would never do that!

Yeosang’s cheeks flush a deep red when he realizes what Seonghwa means, and the older in turn figures out that Yeosang’s mind was indeed not traveling down that path and he has just caused it to. It’s a disaster, truly, and neither of them seem put together enough to even try to recover the situation. All Seonghwa does is push up from his chair and move towards the door. Yeosang doesn’t have time to wonder what the hell he’s doing or if he’s preparing to kick Yeosang out because when Seonghwa opens the door, it’s Wooyoung who stumbles in with a huff.

“Hyung,” he whines through a pout, not even taking notice of Yeosang’s presence on the edge of Hongjoong’s bed. “He sent me back here and said to wait another hour for him to come home. A whole hour!”

Seonghwa bears a strained smile, and he must look over in Yeosang’s direction because only then does Wooyoung shift and take note of the other presence in the room.

“Oh shit, were you guys — do I need to leave?”

“No, Woo, we were just having a chat,” Seonghwa insists, waving the younger man in. Wooyoung regards his best friend with a wary stare that has Yeosang’s stomach turning in knots several times before he swallows the feeling down. “Um, but since you’re here, this is the perfect opportunity to chat! Between the two of you!‌ So why don’t I step out and—”

“No, hyung, it’s okay.” Yeosang is the one to utter the words, and he does so as he pushes to his feet and away from Hongjoong’s bed. This is not what he came here to do, and yes, Seonghwa is right: they should talk, Yeosang should be honest about his feelings, but he also knows Wooyoung. He knows Wooyoung will whine and complain about Yeosang being too clingy or pointless jealousy or roll his eyes and unintentionally make Yeosang feel even worse about how he feels because that is just the way the other man is. It’s not from a bad place or a toxic place, merely Wooyoung’s way of handling issues, and inevitably Wooyoung will come crawling back to Yeosang’s bunk and cuddle him for a week straight before even thinking to hang out with another member. But right now, that isn’t what Yeosang wants. Mostly because he does not want to acknowledge his jealousy or the fact that it isn’t solely directed at Hongjoong spending time with Wooyoung. It is also directed at Wooyoung who is taking away from Yeosang’s time with the leader. Yeosang needs to work out those feelings before even thinking to discuss the issue with either man.

Seonghwa fixes him a startled glance, one that flits back to Wooyoung’s form several times, but Yeosang ignores it in favor of walking towards the door and replacing Wooyoung’s spot in the doorway. The oldest doesn’t seem pleased with his avoidance, as evidenced by the way he clamps a hand down hard around Yeosang’s arm before he can fully step out. 

“I don’t want to have to play the parent and mediate between the two of you here,” he hisses more to Yeosang than to Wooyoung, but the youngest of the trio hears the words nonetheless and blinks over at his best friend with a bewildered expression. It’s then that Yeosang knows with full clarity that he is completely and utterly caught. Even if he tries to escape now, Wooyoung will come running after him and demand an explanation. “If he hears it from you then he’ll be more like to pull his act together and realize that I’m being serious.”

“Is something going on?” Wooyoung inquires at last, voice much fainter than it had been before. Yeosang manages to slip one glare in Seonghwa’s direction before he dares to face Wooyoung head-on. 

“I just came to ask hyung why you seem to be spending so much time with Hongjoong these days.”

And Wooyoung has the nerve, he has the audacity, to actually look startled by that statement. Like he cannot believe that someone has caught on and realized how much time he’s spending with the leader, and he cannot believe Yeosang would go to Seonghwa of all people for answers. When Wooyoung shifts to look at the oldest, Yeosang doesn’t miss the way he sends a panicked expression of ‘what the fuck did you say to him’ and that’s when Yeosang’s mind really spirals.

At this point, he just wants to know what the fuck is going on so he can push his mind away from the gutter, but Wooyoung’s flushed cheeks and nervous glances are doing nothing to deter Yeosang from having the thought that perhaps Hongjoong and Wooyoung are spending their time together in a more intimate manner and he really needs to —

“He’s bothered by the fact that you keep shrugging him off for Hongjoong,” Seonghwa states, bringing Yeosang’s rampant thoughts to a screeching halt in an instant. “Which I told you both about before but you insisted th—”

“Hyung, it’s really okay, I just meant it as a harmless question, I’m not — it isn’t a big deal.” 

“Is this about me rain checking you on Thursday?” Wooyoung asks. He points an accusatory finger in Yeosang’s direction, and the older of the two is certain that he doesn’t mean it in an accusatory way but he feels pinned and cornered by the gesture either way. “Yeo, I’m really sorry about that. I just wasn’t feeling up to going out that day and—”

“But you went to hyung’s studio right after and didn’t come back until Hongjoong-hyung did,” Yeosang counters before he can stop himself. That lingering bitterness returns to his gut as he mentions the memory, along with the subsequent memory of Hongjoong pushing him to the side for time with Wooyoung.

“In the studio?! Are you two out of your minds?!” Seonghwa hisses and reels on Wooyoung, who blinks back like a deer caught in the headlights. 

“It’s — Yeosang is right there, hyung! Can’t you save the lecture for later? Or go chew hyung’s ear off instead of mine? It was his idea!”

“His idea? His idea! Of course it was. Let me guess: he felt bad for pushing me out of the room so much?” Seonghwa scoffs none too quietly. The bigger picture is started to come together, the puzzle pieces are slotting into place, and Yeosang is edging dangerously close to what he believes to be the truth. 

He can’t stand the suffocation that comes in the air a moment later, almost like his own throat is trying to choke him and end him right then and there. So, he does the only logical thing he can think of and slips out of the open bedroom door as Seonghwa snatches Wooyoung’s ear and tugs mercilessly on the cartilage. The content of their argument is no longer important, not with the knowledge Yeosang has gotten so far, and it’s frankly stupid that he is even feeling so… whatever he is feeling right now. He wanted an explanation, he wanted to know what secrets they were hiding behind closed doors, and all the signs are pointing to one thing Yeosang doesn’t want to imagine.

Yeosang unfortunately doesn’t make it even a foot outside the door before he is running face-first into someone, and judging by the height of the person he nearly just clobbered to the floor, it has to be none other than Hongjoong. Yeosang steadies himself on the other’s shoulders to keep them both from tumbling, and he brings a shaky gaze to the person’s features in search of a confirmation.

Sure enough, it’s Hongjoong, alright. Beanie squishing his mop of hair down, thick black-rimmed glasses sitting atop his dainty nose, and a bag slung over his shoulder that must contain his producing equipment. Yeosang says the only thing he can think of, which seems to be a common trend with him today.

“You’re back early.”

Hongjoong regards him with an expression of confusion and bewilderment, then Yeosang realizes that Hongjoong only told Wooyoung that part so he shouldn’t really have that knowledge, but then again, what’s the big deal? Why should it be odd for Wooyoung to tell his best friend something about their leader? Is that a secret for just the two of them to know as well? Or can Seonghwa be included in their little secret circle too?

“Yeah, I — I thought I would be able to focus but I kept getting distracted so I just packed up and came home to work on stuff instead.”

Yeosang dares to ask.

“Can I come by and work with you on some stuff then?”

“A-Ah, maybe in a bit? I’ll text you and let you know. I really need to hunker down on these…” Hongjoong trails off and rubs at the back of his neck. Yeosang doesn’t miss the way the older man glances off towards the door to his and Seonghwa’s bedroom. 

“Yeah, of course, hyung, no worries,” he forces out, adding a tight smile that he hopes will ease Hongjoong’s stress a bit. The older nods as Yeosang steps out of the way, heading into the bedroom without further ado. 

There is no real reason for Yeosang to stick around so he doesn’t; he merely heads for the living room and makes himself at home on the couch, perching on the cushions in a way that gives him a clear view directly down the hall. He has one more lasting curiosity, and he’s determined to get the answer right now rather than waiting god knows how long for the next opportunity. Thus, he waits. Two minutes pass, then ten, along with some slightly raised voices and Yeosang is sure that Seonghwa is chewing them both out in there, but he can’t make out anything of what they’re saying. Then after twenty long minutes, Seonghwa slips out of the room with a huff and a grumble, eyes rolling nearly to the back of his head, and he snaps the door shut behind him. He doesn’t even glance Yeosang’s way as he dips into the kitchen, although that’s probably because he’s covering his eyes with one of his hands and mumbling about always getting a headache because of those two. 

Still, Yeosang waits. Another two minutes meld into ten. Wooyoung still hasn’t left the confines of Hongjoong’s room. It’s odd and peculiar in his mind because Hongjoong insisted that he needed to focus, he needed to work, but Wooyoung has to be — and Yeosang says this as lovingly as possible — the most distracting human being on the face of the planet. 

It is enough to grab Yeosang’s attention by the horns and drive him to push up off the couch. He doesn’t think twice about what he is doing, that twisting and churning in his gut is the only thing on his mind right now, but he doesn’t stop his warpath until he reaches the end of the hallway where Hongjoong’s door sits on the right. A few seconds of precious silence pass, then he leans towards the wood and presses his ear to it. 

For a moment, he feels entirely too foolish because he doesn’t hear a thing other than the quiet clicking and tapping of what must be Hongjoong’s computer. He turns to leave with his chin tucked to his chest in shame at the thought of how certain he was they were doing something… something in there. Then there’s a quiet moan, followed by an airy giggle that can only be Wooyoung, and a sharply hissed ‘stop that’ from Hongjoong.

“But I’m having fun, hyung. Aren’t you having fun?”

“The only thing I’m supposed to be having is you sit still while I work. You promised to be good if I came home early.”

“And you promised to make me see stars with how hard you’d fuck me. That’s not happening right now either, is it? So why don’t we…”

Yeosang’s brain turns to radio noise. Television static. Microwave beeping. All three at once. Or is that an actual microwave beeping? Is Seonghwa cooking something? He has no clue. He can’t see straight either honestly, mind too overwhelmed with what he has just heard, and shaky legs carry him back to his own door before pushing him inside with as much haste as he can muster. 

Fuck me.

Wooyoung said the words with undeniable clarity. Yeosang shakes against the door, hand still clasped tight around the knob as though it will do him any good. 

Fuck. me.

It really shouldn’t be a big deal. Yeosang should not be bothered. It’s only natural and expected for men of their age to have pent-up sexual frustrations, and of course, they have every right to exercise those urges however they want. Given their orientations, they would slot together perfectly too so why, why, why is Yeosang so bothered right now? It’s shameful the way his jealousy twists further in his gut, and he slides down the door until he’s planted firmly on the ground with knees drawn up to his chest.

He feels so fucking foolish. Thinks back to all the times he and Wooyoung have cuddled and been in close proximity over the years. The way he tried to be daring and bridge the gap between them. The lingering curiosity of blossoming emotions in his chest. The moment he realized where he sat on the spectrum when Wooyoung’s laugh sent such intense feelings of pure love through his chest that Yeosang couldn’t look him in the eye for well over a week after. Hands searching for Wooyoung’s in the dark, clasping tight together, and the fleeting sensation of lips dragging over Yeosang’s knuckles. Breathy laughs exchanged in the dark, soft admissions of love that Yeosang refused to amount to anything more than a friendship but secretly — oh so secretly he wished for more. Wooyoung’s touchy affections that came in the form of sloppy kisses on the cheek and teasing bites to the neck and shoulder. Then came San. Wooyoung stealing away from him. Hands finding San’s instead, hugs and cuddles going to the other man as Yeosang fell further and further away without even trying to pull Wooyoung back. He watched him go without putting up a fight.

What did he do then? The only thing he thought was logical: seek out the member he has the most in common with, the one who seems to understand him better than anyone, one of the view who understands and appreciates his need for quiet moments of peace.

Hongjoong.

Late nights in the studios, backs hunched and aching as they bent over a computer and Hongjoong showed him the steps to his artistic process. Compliments shared in amazement and wonder because Yeosang could not fathom how incredible Kim Hongjoong could be, yet still the older managed to exceed any expectations like it was the easiest thing on earth. The pride that would swell in Yeosang’s chest when Hongjoong congratulated him on a job well done, when he would mention the younger on his lives, the excitement in his hyung’s eyes whenever Yeosang would pop his head into the studio late at night. Hongjoong clasping a hand over Yeosang’s own shaky ones as he practiced for a cover. Whispered praises and reassurances when Yeosang would miss a note or slip up. Slow patience that waited for him without fail. Yeosang hates that he was foolish enough to let those feelings of admiration morph into the desire to be close to Hongjoong all the time, to cling to him, kiss him, have him for himself. 

And he especially hates that he was never able to bury those dwindling emotions of love and affection he felt towards Wooyoung, because now? Now it’s like he is living a nightmare. Watching the two people he has feelings for come together in a relationship that holds some of the greatest moments of intimacy. And sure, yes, Yeosang acknowledges that it could be something purely physical for them, but that doesn’t negate the fact that the two people he has feelings for are fucking and have been fucking right under his nose for the last several weeks. He wishes he could be heartbroken or something along those lines because that would be a normal reaction. That would be typical and explainable and easier to manage than the sensation in Yeosang’s gut. In that moment, he gets some clarity that it is, in fact, not jealousy of either party. It’s a desire to be involved, a want to be there with them, and a need to be involved. Did he mistake it for jealousy? Every time he saw one running to the other, he thought it was merely envy that twisted his gut, but now… now Yeosang is coming to realize that it wasn’t envy or anything like that. He just wanted to be another piece in their puzzle because those two are the ones he’s closest to (and effectively has all too real feelings for), and it pains him so much that his eyes burn. 

There are tears on his cheeks now surely, but his body has entered an odd state of numbness that he can’t piece together and cannot bother to piece together either. He doesn’t think twice before pushing himself back up to his feet, hands shaky and unstable as he moves for the dresser and pulls out a fresh set of clothes, dead set on taking the bathroom and washing his feelings away in the shower. What Yeosang doesn’t account for, however, is someone being in the hall at the same time he is, and he runs face-first into a chest.

“Yeosang?”

Fuck, and it just has to be Yunho of all people too. The one who probably won’t let Yeosang get by without drawing all his worries out of him and making sure he’s alright. And no, he’s not alright, and he doesn’t really want to be right now, but Yunho doesn’t need to know that. So Yeosang shrugs off the hands that find a home on his arms and tries to step around Yunho to get to the bathroom that is so so close yet so far away because of the wall standing before him.

“Are you alright? What happened? Are you hurt?”

“I’m fine, leave it alone, Yun,” Yeosang mutters through his teeth. But apparently, he can’t have a moment’s peace because Seonghwa must have heard the litany of questions and gotten concerned as well, his voice coming up behind Yeosang like a cruel shadow.

“Yeosang? Is something wrong?”

Yeosang doesn’t turn around but he doesn’t need to because Seonghwa closes the distance between them and steals a glance around his shoulder nonetheless. Yunho seems to be in the dark still in the very least, but Seonghwa will most certainly be able to figure out the source of his tears.

“Yeo… this — how bad is it? This is why I wanted you two to settle it then and there!”‌ Seonghwa exhales. His brows draw together to form a tight line that pains Yeosang to look at.

“Settle what?” Yunho inquires, blinking between both men, and his grip on Yeosang’s arms finally relents in that moment of shock. Yeosang takes the moment of freedom like a lifeline and pushes past Yunho to dart into the bathroom without further ado. Neither man behind him can catch him before he snaps the door shut in their faces, twisting the lock and trapping himself in the small room.

“Yeosang!” Seonghwa calls through the door, and he brings his fist down on the wood as though it will do any good.

“Maybe we should give him some space, hyung…” Yunho’s voice fades into the static running through Yeosang’s mind, and he no longer processes their conversation as he cranks the handle of the shower to let the water heat up. The pain in his chest also dulls, but only when he lets hot water run over his bare back, forehead pressed to the tiled wall. 

Things are catching up to him now. Reality is seeping in and he is realizing all the things that have been happening behind their backs for the past several weeks. He blames his own imagination for the flashes that come through his mind as he tries to wash the feelings away. Wooyoung pressed under Hongjoong’s weight, fervent touches and lingering kisses. The same hands that held Yeosang’s dragging over the contours of muscles and skin, filling in the gaps that Yeosang wishes he could have filled. Or perhaps Wooyoung would curl himself into Hongjoong’s lap and hold the leader as close as possible as he so dearly loves to do with the others. 

Perhaps it is more intimate and special with the two of them, however, and maybe Hongjoong fucks up into Wooyoung like that, holds him close while he works in the studio, and maybe that’s what they do when Yeosang is turned away. He bets that Hongjoong praises Wooyoung too as he loves to give all the members a litany of praises whenever they do something well, and Yeosang’s desires turns ugly when he thinks of Wooyoung being praised for being good for Hongjoong, nice and pliant and perfect for him, and fuck Yeosang wants to be part of it so badly it hurts. He wants Wooyoung to stand off to the side and watch, wants his own best friend to see him fall apart under Hongjoong’s touch. Wooyoung is such a brat that he probably acts that way in bed as well, and Yeosang feels nearly light-headed as he imagines himself being the one to receive Hongjoong’s attention and subsequently Wooyoung’s as well like he would be some example for Wooyoung to follow on how to be good. 

Yeosang doesn’t feel disgusted by the thoughts but rather the way his own body responds to the images floating through his mind, the way his member reacts to it, and the temptation to reach down and stroke himself to completion is intoxicating. He cranks the water instead so that it’s nearly icy on his skin to keep his mind from wandering too much into the inappropriate territory even though it’s already there.

The cold is barely enough to stave off Yeosang’s churning gut because the sound of that quiet moan and Wooyoung’s delicate giggle are in his ears again even as he steps out of the shower and wipes the droplets away with a towel. It persists even when he leaves the bathroom, darting into the hall to make a break for his room in case anyone was outside waiting for him, but thankfully this time he has the hallway to himself and can make it to his shared room with Wooyoung without much issue. Yeosang only says ‘much’ because just before he opens the door, a noise carries down the hall and to his ears. One that is unmistakable but most likely only audible to someone like Yeosang who is standing in the hallway. 

Another moan. This one is much more high-pitched and strung out than the last, bordering on the territory of a squeal, and based on the all too loud thud that follows, Yeosang can picture what’s going on with too much clarity.

“Hyung!” Yeosang’s heart surges forward in his chest, and he whips around like someone else has spoken the word, but it’s very clearly Wooyoung’s tone. Nonetheless, Yeosang shoves himself into his bedroom and snaps the door shut behind him as quickly as possible, flipping the lock for good measure because his cock is too hard to be ignored now. Part of him wishes he had more willpower to avoid this, and yet he’s too weak in the end. 

Less than five minutes later, Yeosang finds himself curled under the sheets of his bunk, eyes blown wide open and staring at the ceiling above his head as he drags the flat of his hand over his cock. The friction is delectable at best but still not enough to satiate the arousal blooming in his gut. Arousal that only deepens when his mind recreates the images from earlier. This time he’s with them, imagining himself sitting off to the side as Hongjoong works on‌ Wooyoung’s body.

“Sit still and watch me punish him.”

Curse his imagination for being so potent that he can practically hear Hongjoong’s words on his ears.

“Touch yourself for us, Sangie, you know you want to,” Wooyoung would purr, still giggling even though he’s in trouble and about to be punished. 

Yeosang presses his palm down harder against his cock. He won’t last more than two minutes like this; he’ll probably come like a teenager in less than that if he jerks himself with too much haste. So he forms a tight ring around the base of his cock and squeezes just hard enough to stave off the heady sensation in his veins. He debates going down to grab the small bottle of lube from Wooyoung’s end table. That’s too much effort right now, he needs his release soon, and he frankly doesn’t have enough patience in his body at the moment to finger himself open.

“You’ll be good and come when Wooyoung does, won’t you, Sangie?”

He wants to so badly. He knows he would be so good under Hongjoong’s control, he would take anything given to him because he wants that so badly, he wants someone to take the control from his hands and be at their mercy. He wouldn’t fight it or talk back, he would be so good it hurts, and a weak mewl tumbles from his lips before he can stop it. 

Yeosang flings his free hand up to cover his mouth as though someone is going to hear the quiet noises, and when he presses the butt of his hand down again, more whimpers fall out. He can’t stop the noises nor does he try to any longer. The desire for a release is too overwhelming, mixed voices touching his imagination and seeming too real for Yeosang to handle as he ruts helplessly against his palm for that delicious bit of friction. And when he comes, he comes hard and fast, eyes rolling back in pleasure as his hips continue to cant up into his hand. He moans out Hongjoong’s name as he comes and doesn’t stop to think about quieting the noise this time in his fog of pleasure. Come spills over his palm only to be smeared over his skin when he can’t stop the movements of his hips. If he thought that would end the vision in his head, he was quite wrong, because after the haze covering his thoughts disperses a bit, it comes rushing back.

“I thought you said you’d be good for us, Sangie. You came before me.”

“I told you to come with Wooyoung, baby. Why couldn’t you do that simple task?”

“You always say that you’re going to be good for us, Sangie. Yet you can’t even seem to live up to those words.”

The tears that hit Yeosang’s cheeks next are ones that come from pure overstimulation and eustasy. Heat swarms his skin, a pretty pink blush that causes his whole body to flush, and his hips just don’t stop moving even as his mind cries out for a release from the self-inflicted torture.

“Pl-Please, Woo,” Yeosang whimpers to the air above him. “I’ll — I’ll be good. I’ll be so good, p-please.” It is all too much for him to handle right then because the next thing he knows, he is coming yet again, but it’s a painfully dry orgasm since he didn’t give himself any recovery time. He releases a choked sob that breaks into a strangled moan instead, then his hips finally rest and give his poor leaking member a break. The only thing that can leave his lips for several minutes is a series of gasps and pants, chest heaving desperately as he tries to catch his breath.

When he finally recovers, Yeosang pulls himself down from the bunk and strips once more now that he’s gotten the fresh set of clothes dirty and soiled. It’s as he is pulling a shirt over his head that the door handle jiggles to no avail.

“Sangie? Did you lock the door?”

Fuck. Wooyoung. He won’t have any knowledge of what Yeosang has just done, or that Yeosang knows what he was just doing himself, but the red hot shame burning in Yeosang’s gut. He just jerked off to the thought of his best friend and his hyung including him in their personal business. Yeosang doesn’t even know if either of them would be okay with such a thing, and yet —

“Yeosang? Are you in there or not?”

“S-Shit,” Yeosang exhales to himself, tugging his shirt the rest of the way and rushing to get to the door. He flips the lock and swings the door wide open to greet Wooyoung with wide eyes and mussed hair. Wooyoung’s hair is damp and clinging to his forehead; he looks fresh out of a shower, and Yeosang has no doubt that he and Hongjoong showered together after their… activities. “Yeah, sorry, S-Seonghwa-hyung wouldn’t get the hint that I didn’t wanna talk to him right now.” It’s only a partial lie, enough to cover what Yeosang was actually up to, and Wooyoung seems to buy it by the way he shrugs his shoulders quickly and brushes past Yeosang to get in the room. He doesn’t stay long, however, coming in simply to fetch his phone before darting back out of the room. Yeosang wants to ask where he is going, but at the same time, he can probably guess that it has something to do with San or Hongjoong again.

Yeosang doesn’t stay to watch him go. Instead, he dips back into their shared bedroom and shuts the door, intent to sleep through the rest of the day and push these lingering thoughts out of his mind. It’s only when Wooyoung returns hours later whining to himself about how San never lets him win a game that Yeosang dares to speak. He waits until his friend curls up in bed and gets comfortable, throat lodged with emotion.

“I…”

Wooyoung doesn’t offer even a noise of acknowledgment. Maybe he’s already fallen asleep. Perhaps Yeosang shouldn’t say anything or he should say this for another time, but right now he just wants to see. Test the waters. Gauge his reaction.

“I know about you and Hongjoong-hyung, Woo.” Curse him for stuttering when he did, and curse him for not having the balls to say it outright. How hard should it be for you to say to your best friend “I know you’re fucking our group leader under everyone’s noses”? Saying something cryptic like “I know what you’re doing with hyung” sounded too scary in Yeosang’s mind, but maybe he could have had a better approach. Especially since the bunk under his creaks and the sheets jostle, then a Wooyoung-shaped shadow darts across the room. The door swings open, Wooyoung slips out, then it slams shut, causing way too much noise for the hour.

Yeosang isn’t sure what he was expecting. He knows Wooyoung avoids confrontation. This should have been expected, yet as Yeosang curls onto his side and faces the wall, the tears that slip out his eyes are more painful than before, and he thinks vaguely in the back of his mind that Wooyoung doesn’t want him to have anything to do with the relationship he shares with Hongjoong.

Morning is awkward and stilted. Wooyoung most definitely went to Hongjoong’s room and told him what Yeosang said; Yeosang can see it in the way Hongjoong’s gaze slips between both boys throughout breakfast. He is a bit thankful that Hongjoong doesn’t look towards him with the same amount of fear and shame as Wooyoung did earlier, and there is no disgust or embarrassment in his stare either — only concern. Seonghwa is still worried about Yeosang’s crying in the hallway yesterday, as is Yunho because the dancer got Yeosang coffee and a plate of food, staying by his side all throughout breakfast with a hand placed over Yeosang’s thigh the entire time. The tension is palpable, and there’s no doubt that everyone knows something is wrong in some way.

Seonghwa keeps sending Hongjoong looks across the table, even as San and Yunho try to bring some energy back to the table and dispel the awkwardness. Those glances are probably the thing that prompt the leader to speak. And so, Hongjoong is the one to breach the subject, but he does it in a way that Yeosang could never have expected, and based on the way Seonghwa chokes on his syrupy coffee, the older had no clue this was Hongjoong’s plan either.

“Some of you have noticed that Wooyoung and I are spending a lot more time together these days.” Yeosang dares to look over at his friend, but the man is staring down at the table with cheeks so red and flushed that he’s nearly purple. “It’s because we’re fucking.”

There goes Seonghwa choking on his coffee, Mingi gags around a mouthful of rice, Yunho’s hand squeezes painfully on Yeosang’s thigh, San bites back a laugh and cheeky smile, and Jongho drops his spoon on the edge of the table in shock. Another clatter follows as the same spoon hits the ground, but Jongho doesn’t even move to pick it up and instead stares directly at Hongjoong like the leader like he’s just kicked a dog or something.

“Does anyone have a problem with that?”

Hongjoong’s gaze finds Yeosang immediately. Oh, so the question is targeted at him. Yet even as everyone else at the table denies there being any issue with such a thing, Yeosang can’t bring himself to shake his head or deny it. It’s not that he does have a legitimate issue with it, he merely wishes to slot himself in their space and be part of it. He can’t very well admit that over breakfast with the rest of the group though, especially not with how Wooyoung reacted last night. Hongjoong doesn’t wait for a response.

“Just because we have this relationship now doesn’t mean any of the group dynamics should or have to change. We are by no means exclusive or closed off to just each other. Understood?”

A chorus of affirmations greet Hongjoong, and Yeosang actually joins in this time despite the clench of his heart.

If Hongjoong expected the conversation to fix everything on a whim, then he would be sorely incorrect.

Wooyoung continues to avoid Yeosang. He won’t come into the room at the same time as Yeosang, only comes to sleep if San or Hongjoong kicks him out of their rooms, and is always either sleeping or gone by the time Yeosang gets up. Despite Yeosang constantly looking over at his friend, Wooyoung almost never looks back, and when he does, his expression twinges with something Yeosang would almost call guilt. He tries not to think about that bit too hard or too much.

Hongjoong, on the other hand, actually makes an effort to do things differently. He invites Yeosang to the studio much more often, asks him to accompany him as he picks up food for the rest of the group at least two times a week, and Yeosang finds himself frequenting Hongjoong’s room to work on producing practice a lot more as well.

Yeosang can’t complain because it’s what he wanted and missed so dearly, and he should be content that at least one of his crushes is giving him such devoted attention, but he is loathe to admit that part of his heart is dedicated to Wooyoung and Wooyoung only. That part is shattered in a thousand pieces every time Wooyoung sees him and turns to go in the opposite direction. He doesn’t last longer than a week with Wooyoung’s behavior, and the breaking point is a Saturday evening when Yeosang steps out of his room to see Wooyoung leaving Hongjoong’s with an unreadable expression. Hongjoong steps into the doorway right after, hand chasing Wooyoung’s and catching hold of it before the younger can dip out of his reach.

And now, Yeosang suddenly feels like he’s watching something that he shouldn’t be because Hongjoong places his free hand on Wooyoung’s cheek and leans his forehead against the other man’s, lips moving quickly and quietly as they speak to each other. Wooyoung nods several times before stepping back and turning around. His body tenses a bit as he sees Yeosang standing at the other end of the hall. They regard each other with equally wide eyes and lingering stares for several seconds before Hongjoong prompts Wooyoung to move by slapping the flat of his hand down hard on his ass. Wooyoung releases a startled yelp, cheeks flushing a dark red before he rushes to San and Yunho’s door and enters without even bothering to knock.

Hongjoong finally looks at Yeosang. The younger can’t describe the feeling that swoops through his gut, but Hongjoong is smirking at him and making him feel like that infinite space between their bodies is nonexistent. It’s like the man is standing right before him and cascading warm breath over his lips and neck, then he tilts his head to the side and motions towards his bedroom.

“Did you still wanna get some work done?”

Yeosang responds with a quick nod and dips back into his own room to snatch his phone up off the dresser before fully stepping into the hall to meet Hongjoong by his door.

“No laptop?” The older regards him with a curious stare even as Yeosang shakes his head a bit.

“Just wanna watch you work some, I think. If that’s okay?”

Hongjoong’s lips twist into a gentle smile, and warmth fills his gut.

“Of course, Yeo, come on.”

Yeosang half-expects the room to reek of sex and debauchery, or for the bed to be a wreck, but that’s not the case. Everything is almost too perfect by Hongjoong’s standards, like Seonghwa came through and raided the room before Yeosang stepped in. In fact, he’s almost certain that Hongjoong went the extra mile to change the sheets, but he doesn’t comment on it even as Hongjoong settles down in the bed and pats the empty space next to him. Yeosang climbs up beside him, heart in his throat and threatening to choke him out.

“I think I’ll be able to finish this one either today or tomorrow so I can submit it for the next album,” Hongjoong mutters. Yeosang watches with wide and careful eyes as he tugs his laptop into his lap, pulling the music file up to pick up where he left off. Yeosang is frankly not paying any attention to what’s happening on Hongjoong’s screen. He’s too busy looking at the man’s side profile, the way his brows draw together in concentration. Hoodie drawn over his head with headphones pressed over one ear and the other pressed further back on his hood.

“Hyung…” Yeosang trails off, unsure of how to voice what it is he’s after, and Hongjoong’s lingering stare only makes him more nervous. But then, the older shifts in the bed and presses his back further against his pillows. He lays his laptop to the side, for the time being, throwing his legs out, and Yeosang inhales sharply at the way Hongjoong motions to the space between them. Is he asking Yeosang to —

“Do you wanna lie down?”

Oh. Of course. Why would he think Hongjoong wanted something else when he and Wooyoung have each other for that? Still, Yeosang slips between Hongjoong’s legs and presses his head to the man’s stomach like it’s glass. Once he’s fully situated and comfortable, Hongjoong pulls his laptop back, placing it atop Yeosang’s stomach without missing a beat. The angle is a bit awkward on his neck, but Yeosang doesn’t complain because he gets to be this close to Hongjoong and in his arms like this. It’s practically intoxicating, and Yeosang almost feels light-headed by the time Hongjoong shifts their position to tug Yeosang further up on his chest, letting the younger drop his head into the crook of his shoulder.

Hongjoong doesn’t speak; he merely lets Yeosang rest against him like that with the familiar beat of his track playing faintly through his headset, and Yeosang watches on with less interest than usual as he drags things across the screen and into place. Then, after some unknown amount of time, Hongjoong decides to pipe up.

“When I talked to the group last week about Wooyoung and me, you were the only one not to say you were okay with the arrangement.” He murmurs the words softly, and Yeosang nearly doesn’t pick up on them at all. The moment they process though, he stiffens in Hongjoong’s hold. Although the man isn’t holding him there against his will, Yeosang feels somehow trapped and unable to escape.

“W-Wooyoung — he ran away from me.” Maybe that’s an exaggeration but the man did straight up bolt out of the room when Yeosang brought it up.

“He’s afraid that you hate him.”

That has Yeosang pulling himself forward, knocking Hongjoong’s hands away from where his laptop sits in Yeosang’s lap. Yeosang has enough decency to snap the laptop shut and push it to the foot of the bed before shifting to face Hongjoong. The look in the leader’s eyes is unreadable when they finally look at each other.

“Why would I hate him?”

Hongjoong merely lifts a brow in response. He seems to weigh his next words on his tongue and teases the corner of his lips a few times before deciding to speak.

“Do you not?”

“Of course not,” Yeosang mumbles. “I don’t hate either of you.” He dares to look towards Hongjoong once more, eyes finding the leader’s and searching for any sort of reaction but there isn’t much there. 

“Then why didn’t you come talk to me as well?”

“I figured…” Yeosang doesn’t really have a response for that. He was cowardly more than anything else and afraid of what sort of conversation they might end up having. “I thought you would want the conversation at breakfast to be the last of it.”

“I’ve been waiting for you to bring it up for the past week.”

“What?” Yeosang didn’t even have the slightest clue that Hongjoong was wanting to talk about it. Since everything fell back into their usual routine, he simply assumed that meant everything was fine.

“When you told Wooyoung that you knew about us, what were you referring to?”

Yeosang’s cheeks heat up a bit, and he has to drop his gaze to the bed.

“I heard the two of you… I heard — y-yeah.”

“Heard what?” Hongjoong presses again, and this time Yeosang releases an exasperated sigh.

“Christ, hyung, do I need to spell it out? I heard you both moaning a-and it didn’t take much to realize what you were doing!” That pulls a loud laugh from Hongjoong’s lips, and he throws his head back with the sound.

“That’s not what he thought you heard, Yeosang,” Hongjoong says through the laugh. Yeosang swallows hard in response, sitting back a bit more and straightening his back. “He thought you heard what came after that, which is why he’s been so avoidant with you.”

“What came after?” Yeosang echoes, instinctually gripping the sheets in his fists. Hongjoong’s lips stretch a bit further into a smile.  

“He also didn’t hear the noises coming from your room after because he was in the shower.”

Fuck, fuck, fuck, fuck. Yeosang is so fucked. Hongjoong heard that? What all did he hear? Yeosang remembers moaning Hongjoong’s name a bit too loudly, but he also said Wooyoung’s name, so which did he hear? Or did he hear both? How could he not say anything about it for an entire week?

“But frankly, I didn’t hear it either since I was with Wooyoung in the shower.”

Yeosang can hardly breathe at this point, eyes stuck and fixated on some point on the mattress, and that’s not what Hongjoong wants apparently because a single finger curls under the base of his chin. Hongjoong lifts his head until they can look each other in the eye again.

“Seonghwa told me that you had been crying before taking a shower yourself. Then after you came out, he went to check on you but your door was locked, and… he heard you inside moaning my name.”

“I-I can ex-explain. It’s not — it’s not what it looks like and I—”

“And Wooyoung’s.”

“Hyung, I…” Yeosang is fumbling to figure out what he can say to get himself out of this situation. This is probably the worst thing that can happen right now, and if Hongjoong knows, then Wooyoung most likely knows too and maybe that’s the real reason behind his avoidance these days. Maybe he’s so disgusted by what Yeosang did that he doesn’t want to even look at him again. But the look in his eyes has never been disgust — only some odd mixture between guilt and sadness. 

“I didn’t tell Wooyoung that part honestly. I figured… he wouldn’t take my word for it. So I think it would be better to show him, don’t you?”

“Show him what?” Yeosang exhales. Hongjoong presses forward so far that his breath ghosts over the younger’s lips, and Yeosang chokes on thin air.

“That you want him just as much as he wants you.”

“He… he wants me?” The disbelief is palpable, but Hongjoong is patient as always, releasing a small hum and shifting behind Yeosang to grab hold of his laptop and headphones again. 

“The thing he thought you heard that day — I enjoy riling him up maybe a bit too much, and I kept teasing him with the thought of someone walking in and catching us. The only person he wanted to interrupt was you, and he kept saying your name over and over like a prayer, so loud that he thought you heard him. And thus your reaction… or rather your confrontation scared him and made him think that you were disgusted by it.”

Yeosang feels like he’s been thrust underwater, ears ringing and head clogged with a myriad of thoughts that refuse to make any sense whatsoever. He understands the basic gist of what’s going on in the very least. Hongjoong knows he jerked off to the thought of him and Wooyoung, Wooyoung wants him to some degree, and Hongjoong is pressing closer and closer now that he has slid his laptop off the bed and tucked it under the bunk. And while Yeosang certainly doesn’t want him to stop, there is the nagging thought in the back of his mind that while Hongjoong said that Wooyoung wants him to some degree, Hongjoong never said whether he wants Yeosang in the same way or not.

“B-But what — what about you?” He whispers, too scared to raise his voice any further than that. Hongjoong hums as he leans a bit closer, and Yeosang falls back onto his elbows. “Do y-you want me too?”

“I certainly wouldn’t be doing this if I didn’t,” Hongjoong says in response. He pauses in his push forward, giving Yeosang precious time to think and breathe easy for a few minutes. “But I won’t do anything that you don’t want to do, and I won’t push you to do anything you’re uncomfortable with. Meaning that… if you want this but are uncomfortable with the idea of having an audience, we don’t have to have one.”

Audience? 

When the realization sinks in, Yeosang draws his hands up to cover his face and hide the rampant blush that takes over his cheeks. Hongjoong is quick to respond, hands coming up to join Yeosang’s and gently clasp around his wrists.

“It’s okay, Sangie, baby, you don’t need to hide.”

Baby. Kim Hongjoong is positively trying to kill him on the spot. 

“You’re so pretty, so so pretty especially when you blush like that,” Hongjoong continues. His voice comes out in a soft murmur, coating Yeosang’s ears like honey and dripping down to his gut where the threads of arousal begin to coil. 

“Hyung,” Yeosang exhales in a tone so breathy and whiny that it nearly doesn’t come out at all. 

“I need a firm yes or no on whether you want this before anything else, Yeosang.” Hongjoong begins to pull away, and that is the breaking point for Yeosang’s sanity practically because he lurches forward and snatches Hongjoong by the collar of his hoodie, wrenching him back down to hover mere centimeters over Yeosang’s lips.

“Yes, hyung, the answer is yes, please, for the love of all that is good in this world, please just—” 

Thank god Hongjoong cuts him off or else he would have just kept on babbling for an eternity. Yeosang falls quiet with a startled gasp as Hongjoong plants his lips atop the younger’s, and the arm that holds him up buckles under the sudden weight on his body. The both of them tumble down to the mattress at an awkward angle, Yeosang’s arm trapped behind his back and Hongjoong’s foot tangled in the sheets, but neither of them pay much attention to those issues. The priority seems to be each other’s lips, not that Yeosang is complaining about the way Hongjoong rushes to swipe his tongue over Yeosang’s lower lip. He grants entrance to his mouth with perhaps too much ease. The moment Hongjoong’s tongue breaches his lips and begins to explore his mouth, Yeosang chokes out a wanton moan that reverberates through the older’s mouth and pools heat in his gut. 

It’s only then that Yeosang decides to resituate their position some, and he kicks at the sheets to unravel them from Hongjoong’s feet before pressing up harder against the leader’s body. Hongjoong seems to get the hint and leans back as well, letting Yeosang have a few precious moments of control as he eases Hongjoong back onto the pillows and straddles his hips like this is what he was made to do. Yeosang is already panting and out of breath, cheeks alight with embarrassment still, but he looks an absolute vision in Hongjoong’s eyes with blond hair enveloping his forehead like a halo and lips glistening with spit. He finds a shred of sense left in him to ask one more question before he lets Yeosang dive back in for more.

“Do you want Wooyoung to watch?”

And this admittedly is not a fantasy Yeosang ever pictured or imagined. He figured he would be the one doing the watching, he would sit on the sidelines while the two fawned over each other and fucked, but this? This is something tantalizing indeed, and Yeosang would be damned if he didn’t take this golden opportunity now. Especially with the knowledge that both Hongjoong and Wooyoung have thought about him in the throes of passion.

“Is that what you thought of when you were jerking off, Sangie?” 

Yeosang can only whimper in reply, hands drawing up from where they sit atop Hongjoong’s chest to cover his blazing cheeks again, but Hongjoong is quicker this time. He keeps Yeosang’s hands right where they are by clasping his fingers around the other man’s wrists and watches on with pure admiration as Yeosang writhes a bit atop him.

“Hm? Is it, darling? Does dirty talk make you shy? We don’t have to do that if it makes you too uncomfortable. Give me a safe word as well just in case we need to stop.”

“No! No, no,” Yeosang denies in haste. “I… um, we can u-use red because that’s easy to remember.” Hongjoong offers a hum in approval, and Yeosang has to swallow his nerves before admitting the next bit. “I l-like being embarrassed a bit.”

“Do you, Sangie? Tell me what else you like.” Hongjoong is practically purring the words, and Yeosang thinks it will send him spiraling over the edge. The teasing glint in the older’s eyes is lethal too, turning Yeosang’s insides to mush and his limbs to jello, and he can’t think of anything he wants more right now than for Hongjoong to utterly wreck him on this very bed with Wooyoung watching on. 

“I like — like being good a-and hearing that I’m doing well.” Yeosang slips his hand around Hongjoong’s. He slowly tugs it upwards, guiding the man’s hand to his neck and measuring his reaction the entire time with wary eyes. Hongjoong seems to forget what breathing is for a moment, and when he finally does breathe again, it’s merely a sharp and painful inhale of air because Yeosang is closing Hongjoong’s own fingers around his neck and blinking at him with wide and innocent eyes. “Being choked feels really nice too. And I want Wooyoung to watch… to watch you ruin me.”

Hongjoong’s fingers twitch around his neck, and Yeosang knows that his words have a visceral effect on the man just by that reaction. He also feels the way Hongjoong’s cock twitches in the confines of his pants, right against the curve of Yeosang’s ass, and that brings a swell of pride to his chest.

“Do you want to ruin me, hyung?” He asks, batting his lashes for good measure, and fuck, it’s so worth it. It’s so worth it because Hongjoong growls in response and pushes Yeosang down so that he’s flat on the bed once more. 

“Fucking hell, Yeo, how can you be so — holy fuck, you’re so perfect.” Hongjoong maps a path from the tip of Yeosang’s nose down to the collar of his shirt with his lips, leaving a wet trail behind, and once he reaches the space hidden behind Yeosang’s shirt, he uses two fingers to tug the material down just enough to expose more of the milky skin underneath. Yeosang doesn’t have time to ask what he’s doing despite the confusion rushing through him because Hongjoong latches his lips around the spot, teeth nipping at the skin until red blooms under his touch. And god does it feel euphoric to be marked by Kim Hongjoong, to be claimed by him and wanted by him, and Yeosang is certain that all reason will leave his body before Wooyoung even gets involved. 

Hongjoong chooses that opportune moment to pull back. First, he admires the way Yeosang’s chest heaves, the way sweat beads his brow and causes his hair to cling to the skin there, and the way Yeosang already somehow looks so fucked out and beautiful that it’s unimaginable. He weaves his hands down the expanse of Yeosang’s chest to catch hold of the hem. Ever so slowly, Hongjoong tugs upwards, and it’s so painstakingly prolonged that Yeosang loses his patience before the shirt even reaches his sternum. He yanks the fabric from Hongjoong’s grasp and pulls it up over his head on his own, throwing it off to the side haphazardly without even bothering to check where it falls. He knows how to play Hongjoong so well, just what he needs to do to get under the man’s skin, and he does it with such ease that it’s laughable. Because the second Yeosang leans back to the bed and flutters his lashes up at Hongjoong, the leader is hissing through his teeth so loudly that the air comes out in a whistle. 

Then he grips his hoodie but the hem and tugs it over his head, but he leaves the plain undershirt underneath on for the time being as he twists around and catches hold of his phone. Yeosang’s arousal deepens as he watches Hongjoong tap furiously at the screen. Then he has an idea that is probably far too risky but also far too alluring to pass up on.

“H-Hyung, could you…” Yeosang loses the confidence to finish the question, hand stretched midway to Hongjoong’s. Still, Hongjoong pauses and looks directly at him. His dark eyes are glazed with lust and arousal, and they bear such a seriousness to them that Yeosang has to swallow around nothing to get his next words out. “Send him a picture,” he tries again, pushing more willpower in this time. “With your hand around my neck.”

“You’re unreal.” Hongjoong’s tone bears a quake this time, audible proof that Yeosang is having such an effect on the man, and the younger revels in it as he tugs Hongjoong’s hand down to the column of his throat. 

That’s all the incentive Hongjoong needs to bend over the other, and his hand squeezes a little bit around his throat. Yeosang’s cock twitches between his legs, right where his hyung’s crotch rubs atop his, and the sensation is so heady and thrilling that Yeosang dares to rut against Hongjoong again. He pushes his tongue out just a little bit, catches the tip between his teeth, then shows off the somehow innocent for the camera when Hongjoong angles it above his face. 

“For fuck’s sake, Yeo, I’m not gonna be able to wait for Wooyoung to drag his ass in here if you keep that up.” Hongjoong snaps the picture as quick as he can before tossing his phone off to the side in a huff.

“Keep what up?” Yeosang asks before sinking his teeth into his lower lip. The pair spend about two seconds staring at each other, Yeosang with a playful gleam to his gaze and Hongjoong with a more looming and dangerous one that has Yeosang’s stomach doing small backflips in anticipation. They’re interrupted by the sharp slam of a door somewhere in the dorm, and that’s followed by a skid and another smack of what sounds like a body on the wall. Another three seconds pass before the door to Hongjoong’s bedroom swings wide open, hitting the wall so hard that Seonghwa yells down the hall about disregard for common decency. 

“Can you at least pretend to be civilized, Wooyoung? You don’t need to act like an animal just because you’re about to get boned! And keep it quiet this time!”

The newcomer comes in a blur of dark hair and tossed garments, and Wooyoung doesn’t even wait for the door to be closed completely before he’s stripping down to his underwear.

“I’m here! I’m here, hi, fuck, oh my god, I’m here. Why didn’t you get me sooner, hyung?” Wooyoung hisses as he shuts the door in a rush, flipping the lock before stepping further into the room. 

“I didn’t tell him he’d just be watching,” Hongjoong whispers into the shell of Yeosang’s ear. It draws a blush out of the younger man, one that persists as he and Wooyoung make eye contact. Hongjoong drags the flat of his tongue across Yeosang’s cheek and presses a sweet row of kisses to the same line of skin a moment after. “Why don’t you break the news, darling?” 

“Break the news? The fuck, hyung? Did you invite me just to kick me out?” Wooyoung protests.

“I told you to trust me, you brat,” Hongjoong counters, passing a half-hearted glare towards the younger with a small sigh. “You’re here to watch the show.”

“Well, I’ll do that fucking gladly,” Wooyoung huffs. He makes for the bed, moving to join Hongjoong on top of the mattress, but Hongjoong slings his legs over Yeosang’s body and steps onto the floor to block Wooyoung’s way instead. Yeosang scrambles to push himself up onto his elbows. With wide eyes, he glances between the pair, swallowing around nothing when Wooyoung rakes his eyes over Yeosang’s bare chest leading down to the bulge in his sweats. Hongjoong places a hand over Wooyoung’s chest, and slowly but surely, the leader backs him up until he stumbles back into Seonghwa’s desk chair. “Hyung?”

“I said you get to watch. Not touch.”

“What? Hyung, you can’t seriously—”

“Per Yeosang’s request. Can’t you do it for him, my baby?” 

Wooyoung sucks his lower lip between his teeth and inhales sharply at the small pet name. Yeosang watches on with wide and curious eyes, from the way Hongjoong drags his hands over Wooyoung’s tan skin to the way Wooyoung’s hips tremble in an attempt to stay on the chair.

“Good boy,” Hongjoong hums when the younger doesn’t budge after a few moments. He slips back to the bed, still smiling from ear to ear as he moves, and he greets Yeosang with a wet and sloppy kiss. It’s a mess of teeth and spit, something inherently dirty in the best way possible, and Yeosang can’t hold back the light groan that rumbles through his throat when Hongjoong brings a hand down to palm at his erection. “You still want me to ruin you, darling?”

“Always,” Yeosang exhales against his lips. At that, Hongjoong leaves him with one more chaste kiss then dips lower, not wasting any more time before pulling something out from under his mattress. Yeosang’s body tenses in anticipation at the sight of it, and even more so when Hongjoong curls his fingers around the band of his sweats.

“Be as loud as you wish. Wooyoung is such a sucker for pretty moans,” Hongjoong teases, clicking his tongue against the roof of his mouth.

“Hyung!” Wooyoung protests in an instant, and he nearly bolts up from his chair. Hongjoong levels him with a glare though, the power dynamic slipping through and baring itself to Yeosang’s eyes, and it would taste a lie if he said he doesn’t want Hongjoong to dominate him in such a way as well. 

“Today is all about Yeo, but I’ll be kind enough to let you touch yourself too. But you can only come after he does.”

Wooyoung doesn’t voice his protests, but Yeosang can see the disapproval in his eyes. There is no opportunity to dwell on it for long because cold air suddenly hits his crotch and he feels his cock spring loose without warning. He draws his legs together to hide himself, a sudden bashfulness taking over him within seconds. Hongjoong drops his clothing off to the side, and it hits the floor with a soft thud before Hongjoong is back between his legs and easing his knees apart. 

“Don’t hide yourself, darling,” he murmurs, pressing a soft kiss to the inside of Yeosang’s knee. “You’re so beautiful for us—” another kiss, this time higher on the inside of his thigh “—so precious and perfect. Next time I’ll let Wooyoung worship every inch of you, I promise.”

Next time. That insinuation has Yeosang preening, hips canting upwards towards Hongjoong’s body, and the older man stills him with a deftly placed palm on his cock.

“A-Ah, hyung,” Yeosang chokes out. The pressure increases a bit, drawing another louder moan from Yeosang’s lips. Hongjoong takes the opportunity to spread his legs once more, although this time he makes sure to press them wider than before, and Yeosang has never felt more exposed in his life. Hongjoong is still kissing a path up his bare leg when he reaches for the bottle of lube. The click of the cap sends a jolt through his nervous system, cock twitching weakly on the vee of his hip. 

“Hm, are you that excited, baby? You’re doing so well already. Wooyoung always complains about how slow I am when we do this.” Yeosang can do nothing but blink down at where Hongjoong is perched between his legs. Wide eyes meet his and maintain a steady sense of eye contact even as he pours some lube onto his fingers. “Am I going too slow for you, Yeosang?”

“A… a little bit,” Yeosang admits, shifting his elbows on the mattress. 

“But you’re doing so well for us, darling. Being so good and patient, hm? What more could you want?” Hongjoong trails a finger from the head of Yeosang’s erect cock down to the base. Even the slight touch has Yeosang whimpering in need, and he tries to rut his hips up into the older’s hand, but Hongjoong doesn’t let him. “Don’t worry, darling. I’ll ruin you good and nice, okay?”

“Please,” Yeosang pants. Hongjoong traces down further with his lubed fingers, using his index finger to rub small circles around Yeosang’s hole. With his other hand, he takes hold of Yeosang’s cock, then without warning, he encircles the entirety of his member in the wet heat of his mouth. “Oh m-my god, hyung!” Yeosang throws his head back against the bed. His back arches painfully with the sensation, but Hongjoong doesn’t let up until his nose brushes Yeosang’s crotch. It is vastly impressive but Yeosang is far too engulfed in the feeling of Hongjoong’s mouth around his length to think too much about it. What he does know is that Hongjoong takes him all the way to the back of his throat without gagging in the slightest, and Yeosang wouldn’t call himself small by any means, so if that’s not the hottest thing he’s ever witnessed, he isn’t sure what could top it.

Yeosang squeezes his eyes shut as Hongjoong ravishes his cock, taking in the feeling of the man’s tongue tracing along the underside of his length. Hongjoong certainly sucks dick like it’s his last meal on earth and his only purpose in life. Though the number of blowjobs Yeosang has received are few and far between, he knows this is going to ruin all blowjobs in the future for him unless Wooyoung is the one to give them. Hongjoong keeps circling that index finger around his rim. It’s teasing and prodding, like he’s trying to get Yeosang to cave and beg for it, but Yeosang is too lost in the heat of Hongjoong’s mouth to even think to ask for it. Ironically, it’s Hongjoong who grows impatient as time passes on, and he at last slips one finger past Yeosang’s tight ring and buries the digit two knuckles deep in him.

Yeosang blindly reaches down to grab Hongjoong’s wrist. He desperately tries to push his finger deeper, to prod further and find that elusive spot that feels oh so good, but Hongjoong keeps him from doing so. The leader slips off his cock with a lewd pop, leaving a trail of spit to dangle between his lips and the head of Yeosang’s cock. The effort of having Yeosang so deep for such a long period of time shows on his face: his eyes are a bit puffy and red around the edges, tears glisten in his waterline, and the tip of his nose gleams just a little brighter now. Yeosang could get drunk off the sheer sight of him like this.

“Be patient, darling,” Hongjoong reminds him as he pushes Yeosang’s hand away from his own. “You’re so tight that I wanna spend some extra time prepping you, okay?”

And yes, Yeosang is touched by the gesture in the very least but he’s also quite annoyed because he wants Hongjoong deeper and deeper with each passing second. He only gets part of his wish when Hongjoong descends back on his leaking erection, scooping up the trail of precum and saliva with the flat of his tongue and diving back down on him. Somewhere in the haze of his thoughts, Yeosang thinks that having his dick sucked by Kim Hongjoong is a wholly spiritual experience. 

That point is proved further when Hongjoong pushes a second finger into his hole and gently settles it into his heat without moving for several seconds. Then, he twists his digits to the side and begins to fuck those two fingers in and out of Yeosang’s tight ring as slowly as possible. That has Yeosang’s moan devolving into choked mewls and whimpers, and his thighs tremble under the repetitive double stimulation that never stops even for a second.

Hongjoong has a talent at taking people apart it seems because he does it with Yeosang so easily that the younger is already seeing stars without having come a single time yet. Wooyoung is thoroughly enjoying the scene before him with rapt attention, and for once he actually remains rather quiet as he watches on, aside from the occasional moan and groan. The feeling of Wooyoung’s stare firmly planted on his body, from his face down to where Hongjoong’s face meets his crotch, leaves Yeosang feeling even more light-heated. He’s fairly confident that this with either send him spiraling into unknown territory or he will just straight up pass out after coming once. 

There is no time to worry about those minute details in the coming moments: Hongjoong works a third digit into his hole, and when he does, he pulls off Yeosang’s tortured cock with a lopsided grin. 

“Isn’t he so good and pretty for us, Woo baby?” 

“Y-Yes, hyung,” Wooyoung answers quickly. 

“Are you getting close, angel?” Despite Hongjoong’s stare being directed at Yeosang, the latter is vaguely aware that the question is meant for Wooyoung, but still, he nods a few times for good measure. That draws a laugh from Hongjoong’s chest. The noise resonates in Yeosang’s body, leaving him with a steady thrum of pleasure, and Hongjoong speeds up the pace of his fingers as he pumps them in and out of Yeosang’s hole. “You look so heavenly like this, Yeosang. Panting and mewling as I fuck your hole with just my fingers. You’re so desperate for something bigger, aren’t you?”

Yeosang is losing control over his own inhibitions and slipping into a place he rarely goes. 

“Y-Yes, yes, hyung, I’m — want more. Want more, please, give me more,” he babbles back, too lost to think about piecing full sentences together. Hongjoong is quick to pick up on the shift, especially in the way that Yeosang’s body turns to jello in his touch and becomes fully pliant under him. The leader snakes a hand up Yeosang’s side and finds one of Yeosang’s own hands on the bed. He laces their fingers together, clasping tight at the younger’s hand while offering a sweet and gentle smile. 

“Hyung has you, darling,” he murmurs. “I promise.” It’s the reassurance Yeosang needs to let go, and he lets himself rut down on Hongjoong’s fingers. They find a rhythm like that — with Yeosang’s half-hearted and shaky bounces and Hongjoong’s timely thrusts — and each jab to his prostate has Yeosang crying out for more. He wants to hold off, wants to make it last longer, come while Hongjoong is balls deep inside him, but Hongjoong seems determined to draw at least one orgasm out of him before they go any further. 

And that’s exactly what he does.

Less than three minutes later, Yeosang has his free hand wrapped around his shaft as Hongjoong fucks into his hole with three fingers and a sense of reckless abandon. It’s purely euphoric, and the quick jabs to his prostate are what sends him fully over the edge. Come spills over his hand, coating his knuckles and fingers in the sticky white substance, and Yeosang lets the steady jerks of his arm come to a rest. Hongjoong, however, just continues to pump his fingers in and out of Yeosang’s hole, not waiting for the man to recover before he is back to toying with his prostate. 

“Hyung, t-too much, ah — ah, hyung, I can’t!” It is a delicious bit of overstimulation, and one that leaves Yeosang exhausted and panting for air. Hongjoong stops before it begins to hurt thankfully, slipping his fingers out of the younger before mapping a path with his lips up to Yeosang’s neck.

“Are you with me, darling?” He hums into the crook of his neck. Small love bites enunciate the words, and Hongjoong drags his tongue over each little mark he paints on Yeosang’s skin. 

Yeosang honestly feels like he is floating on a different plane of existence. He doesn’t process any of what Hongjoong said, only the touches and cool sensation of air hitting the path of spit Hongjoong left on his chest. It’s concerning enough to make Hongjoong sit back and look Yeosang directly in the eye.

“Yeosang, baby, are you with me?”

“Hm? Oh, yes, yes, hyung. I’m — I’m here, yes,” Yeosang replies this time as Hongjoong pulls him out of the state of delirium.

“What’s our color, doll?” Rather than responding, Yeosang preens at the name Hongjoong calls him, a lopsided smile covering his lips.

“I like that, hyung. Can you — can you call me that again please?”

“I need your color first, Yeo. Is it too much? Do we need to stop?” Hongjoong cradles the younger’s face in his hands, caressing the soft skin of his cheeks and trying to make the younger look him in the eye. Even the smallest touch sends Yeosang spiraling, like he’s swimming through dark water and can’t figure out what’s going on around him.

“I don’t want to stop. I’m… I’m okay,” Yeosang insists through a nod. “I just need a few minutes to recover a bit. ‘m still green, I promise. I’m too — t-touch is too much right now.” Hongjoong nods and retracts his hands from the visual’s face, and Yeosang instantly inhales a deep breath of air like he’s been starving for it all this time. 

“Have you come yet, Woo baby?” Hongjoong shifts his focus over to the other man in the room, and Yeosang follows his stare over to land on where Wooyoung sits. Said man shakes his head quickly, fingers loosely wrapped around the base of his cock. “Can you last a little while longer?”

“Y-Yeah, of course, hyung.” 

That has Hongjoong smirking again, and the leader slips off the bed to stand up straight.

“Good because I’ve changed my mind,” he hums, stepping closer to where Wooyoung sits. He steps around the back of the chair. Yeosang makes brief eye contact with the man as he lays his hands down on Wooyoung’s shoulders, eyes glinting a bit under the fluorescent lights. “Yeosangie is going to ride your pretty little cock, and I…” Hongjoong curls his fingers around Wooyoung’s jaw and shifts the younger to look at him. He pushes two digits past Wooyoung’s lips, pressing down so hard on his tongue that Yeosang can hear the way Wooyoung gags around him. “I’m gonna fuck your mouth just the way you like. Understood?”

Wooyoung mumbles around Hongjoong’s fingers, taking them deeper into his mouth without complaint, and that seems to be answer enough with the way Wooyoung blinks up at his hyung through his lashes.

“Good boy,” Hongjoong praises before pushing his fingers further down Wooyoung’s throat. “Yeosang, darling, take your time. There’s no rush, okay? Woo could sit here with my hand in his mouth for hours and be satisfied.”

Yeosang spends the next several minutes just observing the scene before him. It’s oddly euphoric to simply stare at them in this state, Wooyoung still seated in that chair and Hongjoong standing behind him with an arm curled around the front of his body. Wooyoung seems to be working his tongue over Hongjoong’s fingers based on the dripping trail of saliva that pools at the corners of his lips every few minutes. And Hongjoong was correct: Wooyoung seems perfectly content like that, happily lavishing the older’s fingers as Hongjoong cards his other hand through Wooyoung’s dark hair.

By the time Yeosang finally pulls himself to his feet, his legs are somewhat wobbly and shaky, but he drags himself to where Wooyoung is seated with little issue. While his own cock has softened down to a semi-hard state, Wooyoung is still rock hard and twitching between his legs, hands clasped tight around the arms of the chair. Yeosang drops himself to Wooyoung’s lap without warning, and it startles the man so badly that he bites down hard on Hongjoong’s fingers. Hongjoong takes it without complaint, only letting out a soft hiss and yanking Wooyoung’s hair until the younger moans around his hand.

“Are you feeling alright, doll?” Hongjoong leans over Wooyoung’s head to get in Yeosang’s space. The visual greets him with a quick and daring kiss, then places both hands atop where Wooyoung’s sit on the armrests. 

“Perfect as can be.”

Hongjoong smiles into the kiss. He pulls off too soon for Yeosang’s liking, but Yeosang understands why he does so after a moment because the leader slips his fingers out of Wooyoung’s wet mouth and takes to stripping himself of the rest of his clothes like the rest of them. In the break of touching from Hongjoong, Yeosang and Wooyoung finally look at each other — Yeosang with teeth sunk deep into his lower lip, and Wooyoung with eyes glazed in lust.

“I’ve been waiting so long for this,” Wooyoung admits after a second. 

“Well, you don’t have to wait any longer,” Yeosang replies with a smile before taking Wooyoung’s face into his hands. Their lips meet in a shy kiss at first, one that is testing and exploring the waters around them before they let themselves get caught up in the thick air of arousal in the room. Wooyoung shifts his hands to Yeosang’s delicate hips. He presses his thumbs to the pale skin there with enough force to bruise, but the pressure is heady and delicious in Yeosang’s mind. 

Yeosang blindly fumbles around between his legs in search of Wooyoung’s cock, and once he finally has a hold of it, he pushes up on his knees to make space for Wooyoung to slip his cock between the cleft of Yeosang’s ass. They both release a shaky sigh into each other’s mouths, and Yeosang is ready to fully drop his hips on Wooyoung’s cock if not for Hongjoong stopping him at the last second.

“Don’t get too ahead of yourself, darling, you need more lube.” Hongjoong disappears behind his back, and Yeosang doesn’t bother to see what he’s doing until he feels something cool hit his backside. His whole body jolts forward against Wooyoung, hands latching onto the younger’s shoulders as the chilly lube slips lower. That feeling thankfully doesn’t last long because Wooyoung presses back into Yeosang’s hole with much more ease this time. Yeosang sinks down onto his heels once more, taking the younger’s cock deeper and deeper until Wooyoung’s thighs are flush with his ass.

He looks up from Wooyoung’s chest, intent on kissing the man under him, but Hongjoong has occupied his mouth in the meantime. And if Yeosang thought seeing Wooyoung with fingers between his lips was a sight to behold, the image of him with a cock filling his mouth is even better. So good in fact that Yeosang goes a little breathless at the sight. Hongjoong has a hand wrapped around the back of Wooyoung’s head, tilting the younger towards his crotch where Wooyoung slurps messily around his member with no shame. Hongjoong coos soft praises down at the man all the while, and it spurs Yeosang to start moving his hips. He desperately wants to hear that praise as well, he wants them to tell him that he’s doing a good job and being so good for them. He is so needy for it that he works his thighs as hard as he can, bringing a pleasant burn to the muscles. 

Yeosang’s erratic movements have Wooyoung releasing a litany of moans around Hongjoong’s cock, hands fumbling to grasp at his hips so he can buck up into Yeosang’s tight heat with little sense of rhythm. There’s no real point in trying to find a rhythm with Wooyoung, Yeosang learns that quickly because every time he tries to build a steady pace, Wooyoung jerks up with a thrust that throws Yeosang off-balance. So, instead, Yeosang just focuses on his small bounces and grinding his hips down when there’s a break in Wooyoung’s thrusts. Wooyoung loses his control on Hongjoong’s cock soon as well, and his timed bobs turn into letting his jaw go slack so that Hongjoong can simply thrust into his mouth instead. The sounds in the room are purely erotic, too loud between the wet slaps of skin, Yeosang’s mewls, and Wooyoung’s gagged moans around Hongjoong’s member, but Hongjoong manages to be relatively quiet himself with only a few sporadic moans here and there. 

“Look at you, doll.”

Yeosang cracks an eye open, panting through a whimper when he sees the way Hongjoong is currently staring at him. 

“You’re doing so well for us. Look at him, Woo, look how good he is on top of you like this.” Hongjoong stretches his free hand out towards Yeosang. He reaches for the younger’s face, but Yeosang twists his neck at the last second and catches Hongjoong’s thumb between his teeth instead. He maintains a piercing stare with the leader as he sucks the digit into his mouth, effectively muting his noises. Hongjoong’s hips lose their rhythm, and he freezes with cock halfway down Wooyoung’s throat to just stare at Yeosang in absolute wonder for so long that Yeosang thinks he truly broke the man. Wooyoung slips off Hongjoong’s cock.

“Hyung,” he whines, tone so hoarse that Yeosang would be surprised if he could talk at all tomorrow. 

“S-Shit,” Hongjoong exhales, and it’s the first time that Yeosang has seen the man’s composure break in the slightest since this started. That causes his chest to swell with pride, heady arousal filling his veins, and he squeezes hard around Wooyoung’s cock. It’s all the younger needs to come, apparently, because Wooyoung releases a startled yelp that is so loud that Hongjoong has to rush to muffle him with his cock before someone comes rushing to the door. Yeosang isn’t expecting to come as soon as he does, but he is quick to follow Wooyoung in coming, hot spurts of come painting Wooyoung’s stomach and Yeosang’s hands where they rest atop Wooyoung’s sternum. He can’t stop moving, nor does Wooyoung let him with the grip he maintains on Yeosang’s hips, thus the two of them ride out their orgasms together like that until their bodies give out to the pleasure. 

Yeosang collapses forward, smearing the cum between their bodies further as he drops his head to Wooyoung’s right shoulder. Hongjoong is still working hard to come himself, and Wooyoung returns to his senses enough to assist him. Yeosang can only watch on from where he’s perched. Every muscle in his body aches and burns, but the lingering haze of his orgasms leaves him feeling warm and fuzzy inside.

“S-Shit, Woo, gonna come on you like this,” Hongjoong warns, fingers tightening around the man’s hair. Wooyoung pulls off his cock and replaces his mouth with a hand. He splays his tongue out before the head of Hongjoong’s dick, somehow managing to giggle as he strokes his hyung to completion. Hongjoong releases onto Wooyoung’s tongue and face, and Wooyoung takes every last drop until he’s milked Hongjoong dry. 

When he finally lets go of the man’s cock, Wooyoung turns back to Yeosang, twisting a hand through his hair and pulling his face up until they’re eye level, then he plants his lips atop Yeosang’s. The come is still there, sticking to his face and tongue, but Yeosang sinks into the kiss without complaint. Wooyoung thrusts his tongue into the visual’s mouth. Hongjoong’s come is salty and warm, so bitter that Yeosang almost chokes on it, but Wooyoung fares much better, although that’s probably because he has a lot more practice swallowing come than Yeosang does. Yeosang takes it as best he can, swallowing every drop that Wooyoung pushes between his lips, and he even goes so far as to clean the come off Wooyoung’s face between soft kisses. 

“Hyung,” Yeosang exhales, and he looks up to where Hongjoong stands beside them. Hongjoong seems to guess exactly what he wants with little trouble, bending at the waist to give him a sloppy kiss, and Yeosang hums into the touch. 

“What about me?” Wooyoung whines the moment they detach, and Hongjoong has enough mercy to offer a kiss to him as well.

“I’ll give you more in the shower,” he promises after pecking the younger’s forehead. “I’ll go get the water running. You two come join when you’re ready, yeah?”

Hongjoong leaves the two of them there, still seated in that damn chair with Wooyoung’s softened cock deep in Yeosang’s ass. They don’t move right away, and frankly, Yeosang is more than okay with that because his body feels weightless and unreal at the moment. 

“Want me to carry you to the bathroom?” Wooyoung offers through a smile. Yeosang only hums in response and tucks his head further into Wooyoung’s neck.

“I really… Wooyoung, I really like you. More than just sexually,” he admits, watching a bead of sweat trickle down the side of Wooyoung’s face. “You and Hongjoong both.”

“I like you both too, so I don’t see why that would be an issue.”

“Really?” Yeosang murmurs. And maybe it’s just the afterglow of the sex or the pent-up emotions rolling through Yeosang’s chest, but the corners of his eyes prick with unshed tears and his heart clenches in his chest.

“I thought it was obvious this whole time, yeah. And I know… I know Hongjoong feels the same even if he’s not always good at voicing his feelings all the time.” Yeosang squeezes his arms around Wooyoung’s midsection at that. A soft kiss lands on his forehead, then Wooyoung shifts their weight and tucks his hands under Yeosang’s thighs.

“Are you two dolts coming or not? I’m wasting hot water over here, hurry it the fuck up!”

“He loves us!” Wooyoung laughs into the shell of Yeosang’s ear, carrying him off to join Hongjoong in the bathroom before the leader complains again.

“Yeah, I think he does,” Yeosang murmurs more to himself than to anyone else.

﹎﹎﹎

[inevitably-johnlocked]

Hi. I've looked over "it's for a case" and "it's an experiment" in your fic recs, but I couldn't find what I exactly want to read. "A Cure for Boredom" is close, but there are other people involved, I want something just with SH and John. The plot I'm looking for is something similar to the one in "The List" by concheption on ao3. I can't put links in the ask, sorry. It's a Sherlolly fic. I would be eternally obliged if you could help me.

Hey Lovely!

First of all, here’s the fic that’s being referenced: The List by conchepcion

And here’s the synopsis: When an interview with an anonymous female claims that Sherlock Holmes is an amazing lover - Molly Hooper instantly knows it is fake. She is then shocked to find Sherlock present her with a list he wants to complete with her assistance.

That said, Ahhh, yeah, the closest fic I know of is A Cure For Boredom by emmagrant01. Perhaps these ones too? They contain lists or similar ideas, LOL:

The Three-Word Tin Collection by TheBookshelfDweller (K, 1,885 w., 1 Ch. || First Person Sherlock POV, Mild Pining, Angst, Romance, Hiatus) – What happens when Sherlock has to store the things he wants to say to John while deconstructing Moriarty's web, but the Mind palace proves an inadequate place to store them?

Because Blah Blah Blah Happy by cwb (E, 4,578 w., 1 Ch. || Fluff, Cuddles, Kissing, First Kiss, Requited Love, Pining Sherlock) – John is entirely done with the milk situation and gives Sherlock a list of shit he's pissed about. Sherlock sets out to make John happy. John is happy. Sherlock makes his own list. They are both very, very happy.

See Recipe for Details by pandoras_chaos (E, 4,981 w., 1 Ch. || Oral / Anal Sex, Food, PWP, Fingerfucking) – John knows Sherlock’s mouth will never water over the sweet smells of baking chocolate biscuits or a lovely roast chicken, but he’s watched Sherlock nick mince pies out of Mrs. Hudson’s fridge often enough to deduce that the man does have taste, albeit confusing and obscure. So John makes a list: Things Sherlock Likes

Our Enthusiasms Which Cannot Always Be Explained by withoutawish (M, 32,961 w., 1 Ch. || Christmas, Fluff and Angst, H/C, Post-TRF, Case Fic, Mild Gore, Sherlock Whump) – The list that is tacked haphazardly on the refrigerator of 221B reads, ‘Kidney(s), and/or a full cadaver (preferably male, late 30s, under six feet tall), bag of fresh toes, sixteen cow’s eyes (corneas retained), dual exhaust hand –held flame thrower, an unopened first edition copy of Joseph Conrad’s 'Heart of Darkness', and no less than ten abhorrently gruesome murders in the upcoming month.” The one neatly hanging next to it simply reads, “Sex.” One of these lists is not John Watson’s. If John Watson were to put what he really wanted in list form, to live in a land somewhere beyond ‘almosts' now that Sherlock Holmes has indeed returned to him, he would never be able to look his flatmate in the eye ever again.

There's Someone On Your Shoulder by halloa_what_is_this (NR, 41,215 w., 6 Ch. || Pining Sherlock, Introspection, Daydreams, Sherlock Loves John So Much it Hurts) – Sherlock trips and falls head over heels in love, makes a lot of lists and stares, stares, stares.

The Great Sex Olympics of 221B by XistentialAngst (E, 58,611 w., 10 Ch. || First Time/Kiss, Experiments / Sexual Experimentations, Multi Pairings, Voyeurism) – John Watson thinks Sherlock Holmes should admit that he, Watson, is more of an expert on sex than Sherlock is. But Sherlock refuses to concede the point. He comes up with an experiment plan that will resolve the issue. The results will determine who wins the prize. But sometimes even the best thought-out scientific study has unexpected consequences.

A Cure For Boredom by emmagrant01 (E, 81,665 w., 8 Ch. || Dirty Talk, Threesomes, Light Dom/Sub, Sex Club, Experiments, Anal, Mildly Dubious Consent) – They’d never talked about sex in the year they’d known each other. Well, that wasn’t quite correct: Sherlock had never said a word about sex; John had bemoaned his personal dearth of it on many occasions.

But yeah, I don’t think there’s anything really similar, but these are just the ones I’ve read. If any of my Lovelies have a fic similar to the premise above, let us know! 

[avengerscompound]

Finding Home - Chapter 3

Finding Home: A Captain America Fanfic

Masterlist Previous //

Buy me a ☕ Character Pairing:  Bucky Barnes x Steve Rogers x OFC (Daisy Adams)

Word Count:  2509

Warnings:  Angst, mentions of torture, violence, major character death, mentions of sexual abuse/rape, pregnancy, smut (vaginal sex, oral sex, pregnancy sex, Bisexual MMF threesome)

Synopsis:  Daisy Adams has abilities. She can read minds. Force her thoughts onto others. As a child, she is taken by Hydra and raised as a weapon. Daisy finds another and speaks to him in his dreams. He has been taken too. He wants to return to the man he loves. Can she get them back together? Will she even want to once she realizes that she’s falling in love?

Chapter 3

Bucky and I were awakened by the sound of his words blasting over the loudspeaker. It was deafening.

Сильное желание

Bucky started chanting the word ‘no’ over and over, as he scrambled to pull his pants on. I, on the other hand, kept chanting the word 'shit’.

Проржавевший

I pulled some clothes on and went to Bucky. He was crouched on the floor, covering his ears in a futile attempt to block out the sound.

Семнадцать

I started putting in the mental barriers.

Рассвет

“Daisy. Please. Don’t let them take me.” Bucky pleaded with me. He wanted me to kill him. I could see it clearly in his head.

Печь

I took his face in my hands. “It’s going to be okay. I promise. This is the last time.”

Девять

“What if I never see you again?”

Доброкачественная

I kissed him. It broke my heart. My head was full of the thought 'don’t project this dread you’re feeling on him’.

Возвращение домой

“You’ll be free, Bucky. You won’t ever have to do this again.”

Один

I pulled him to his feet. We needed to make this look professional.

Грузовой автомобиль

“готов подчиняться” The Winter Soldier said. Bucky was gone.

I grabbed the briefing manual from my desk and start drilling him with his instructions as I countered them in my head. Soldiers filed in rifles pulled. I could feel their doubt. They had expected me to have set Bucky against them. Not a bad idea really. Bucky could have gotten out of here if I’d done that. I’m not sure I would have been so lucky.

I finished the briefing and turned to them pressing the thought that I am both trustworthy and in charge onto them. They lowered their weapons.

“I guess we better get on with it then.” I snapped, pushing past the soldiers. “Soldier.”

Bucky followed me. I touched on his mind, and it’s full of murder. Full of the Winter Soldier.

I took him to the armory. I hadn’t actually been in there since I was a kid. He pushed past me and started dressing fully in his leather armor. Brian came up behind me.

“What were you doing with him in your room?” He asked.

“What I was told. Keeping his mind blank. Getting rid of whoever it was he used to be.”

“Why didn’t you do it in the lab?”

I rolled my eyes. “Because we were fucking all night.” I snarked. “I wanted to be comfortable. What’s it to you anyway? He was my responsibility. Not yours. He’s ready to go. What more do you want?”

I saw what the mention of fucking does in his head. The things he would do to me if he could. It made me sick.

I moved away from him. Rumlow handed me a bullet-proof vest and I pulled it on and he pushed me into the back of one of the trucks.

I was taken with a group to SHIELD. Stepping out of the truck was like walking into a dream. I don’t remember ever feeling the sun on my skin before. I stood there blinking, taking deep breaths. Rumlow took me by the arm and I was dragged inside again.

We filed upstairs and into a control room. Many of the men I am with are known SHIELD agents. No one suspected anything of us. I scanned the room, most of the people here are good people. There is hope.

Standing in the back of the room I watched the numbers count down to whatever this is. I considered pushing the order to cancel the countdown. I was just about to when a voice came over the loudspeaker.

“Attention all SHIELD agents, this is Steve Rogers. You’ve heard a lot about me over the last few days. Some of you were even ordered to hunt me down, but I think it’s time, to tell the truth. SHIELD is not what we thought it was. It’s been taken over by Hydra. Alexander Pierce is their leader. The S.T.R.I.K.E. and Insight crew are Hydra as well. I don’t know how many more, but I know they’re in the building. They could be standing right next to you. They almost have what they want. Absolute control. They shot Nick Fury and it won’t end there. If you launch those helicarriers today, Hydra will be able to kill anyone that stands in their way. Unless we stop them. I know I’m asking a lot, but the price of freedom is high. It always has been. And it’s a price I’m willing to pay. And if I’m the only one, then so be it, but I’m willing to bet I’m not.”

I smiled. The minds of everyone are in turmoil. I pressed the need to listen to Steve into those who are most open to it. Rumlow walked over to one of the agents on the controls.

“Pre-empt the launch codes. Send those ships up now.” Rumlow barked.

The agent was terrified. I pushed into him the need to fight him.

“Is there a problem?” Rumlow asked.

The agent shook his head and stuttered a reply. I took a step towards him. Pushing harder. Pushing into the room. LISTEN TO STEVE.

“Is there a problem?” Rumlow yelled.

“I’m sorry, sir. I’m not going to launch those ships.” The man stuttered.

Can you feel both more relaxed and more tense at the same time? That’s how I felt. They were fighting. That’s what I wanted. I was now in more danger than I’d ever been.

“Captain’s orders.” The agent said, a little more forceful than before.

Rumlow raised his gun, pointing it at the agents head. I tried to press into him the need to back down, he’s stronger than a lot of Hydra, he believed in the cause. “Move away from your station.” He barked.

Another agent drew her gun, pointing it at Rumlow. “Like he said.”

There was a sudden flurry of movement, Hydra versus SHIELD. I backed up against the wall. I tried pushing calm into the room but my own fear got mixed in with it. Everyone was on edge.

“Captain’s orders.” The woman said.

“You picked the wrong side, agent,” Rumlow growled.

“Depends on where you’re standing.”

Rumlow dropped his gun. Maybe I was wrong, and my push had worked. It took less than thirty seconds for me to find out I was wrong. He pulled a knife slashing at the agent. A gun battle broke out.

“Adams calm the room!” Rumlow yelled at me as he typed the launch code into the computer. “Do your job.”

“Fuck you,” I yelled back. Pushing the need to fight harder.

Rumlow was chased from the room. I went to block him. He picked me up and threw me. That’s the last thing I remember.

I woke up in a hospital. There were guards on the door and I was strapped to the bed. I scanned the room to find out what had happened. There seemed to be a lot of confusion, but the helicarriers had been taken out. That was something.

I called to one of the guards. He gave me a withering look.

“I need to speak to Steve Rogers,” I said.

He laughed at me. I pushed. “I need to speak to Steve Rogers.”

He left the room.

This carried on for days. I never answered anyone, just said I needed to speak to Steve Rogers. They’d go to get him, but because they couldn’t convince people the way I could, nothing happened.

I was moved to a prison facility. Kept in my own cell. They’d started to be able to tell that there was something more to me than just some Hydra agent. The fact so many people seemed so strongly influenced by me to get Steve Rogers made them suspicious. They started running tests on me. I didn’t care. I never spoke to anyone. I think they must have found the reports on me at Hydra at some point because they very clearly started calling my telepathic at one point.

I was sitting on my bunk scanning the people around me as I often did. I’d been here for two months now. I still hadn’t spoken to anyone except to say I needed to speak to Steve Rogers.

I felt him before I saw him. The cocky self-assuredness, surrounded by the blanket of pain and fear. My door opened.

“Well hello there. Daisy isn’t it? They tell me that’s your name.” A man stood in the door. He was only just a little taller than me, with dark hair and a dark goatee beard. His suit was a dark blue and tailored to fit him perfectly. He waved the guards away and came and sat next to me. He was cocky. I’d give him that.

“I need to speak to Steve Rogers.”

“Yeah, yeah. I’ve heard. Do you know who I am?”

I looked at him, scanning his mind. He knew Steve. I could see it clearly. I needed to co-operate with this man. “Tony Stark. You like to think of yourself as Iron Man though. I don’t know what that means. I also don’t care. I need to speak to Steve Rogers.”

“See that doesn’t help. I don’t know if you actually read my mind then or if you just know who I am. Most people just know who I am.”

I looked at him. “I need to speak …”

He held up his hand to shush me. “Steve Rogers. I know. Look, Uri Geller. I’m here to help. I can get you to Cap. I need to know why though. I need to know for sure you’re what they say you are.  I also need to know you aren’t a threat.”

I pushed the words straight into his head. I NEED TO TALK TO STEVE ROGERS.

He sat back startled. “That was a neat trick. Tell me this. I’m thinking of a number between one and one million.”

“Seven,” I said quickly. “No, you just changed it to 14,789.  Now you’re wondering how much I can see.  I can see everything, Mr Stark.  Would you like me to show you?  I would consider seeing someone for that PTSD.  The things you’ve seen …”

He looked at me sadly and I stopped talking.  

“Daisy, they say you’re pregnant. Who’s the daddy?”

I didn’t answer.

“Would you tell Cap?”

I nodded.

“Well come on then, let’s get you out of here.”

Stark took me to a tower in New York. It had the words 'The Avengers’ plastered on the side. I was given a room. He said I wasn’t a prisoner, and I was able to walk around on this one floor. None of the windows opened for me though and I couldn’t call the elevator. At least there were windows I guess. It was nice being able to see the sun.

I stood pressed up against the glass letting the warmth radiate against my skin when he entered the room. I turned excitedly.

“Steve?”

“They told me you’ve been looking for me. Do I know you?” A tall, muscular man stood in the middle of the room. This man did not look like Steve Rogers. He was much, much bigger.

“You’re not Steve Rogers. Stop lying to me. I need to speak to him.”

He chuckled. “Who were you expecting?”

“Steve is a little guy. You aren’t him. Tony said I could speak to him. Get him for me.”

“Who are you? Who told you I was a little guy?” I didn’t know why he was lying. Did they want to trick me to come clean? How was he projecting that he was Steve Rogers so loudly too? I could normally see past that kind of petty lie.

“No one told me you were a little guy. I know Steve Rogers is a little guy because I’ve seen him.” I pushed the image of Steve into this man’s head. He staggered back like I’d punched him in the guts.

“That’s me. Before the serum. Who are you?”

The serum. Of course. Like they’d given Bucky. I scanned his mind, he was thinking about the day he’d taken it. It was Steve. I ran over to him.

“Did you find Bucky? Is he okay?”

He grabbed my arms, squeezing them painfully. “What do you know about Bucky?” He was so angry at me. I don’t know why, but it hurt my head.

So I told him. I told him my whole life story. How I’d grown up talking to Bucky in his sleep. How Bucky’s love for him and kept me going. How I’d started protecting his mind. How we spoke in his dreams. About that night we spent together.

“Stark said you were pregnant,” Steve said. He looked like he was in pain.

I nodded.

“That baby; It’s Bucky’s.” He said. It was more of a statement than a question. I answered him anyway.

“Yes.” It was then I realized, Bucky hadn’t stayed with Steve. “You don’t know where he is.” I felt defeated. Alone and broken. Whatever I did hadn’t worked properly.

He led me to the couch and sat down with me. “We’ve been looking. He leaves trails, but they keep coming up empty.” He put his hands on my stomach like he might feel something even though I’m only a couple of months pregnant. I probed his mind and see how much he loves Bucky too. How him touching me is a way to connect to his friend. He wouldn’t even consciously know that if I asked, but that’s why he did it. It made me want to cry. I put my hands on his and let him feel the strange and alien brain activity of the life growing in me. It’s primitive and doesn’t mean much, but I wanted to share it with him.

He looked up at me. “What’s that you’re doing?” He’s worried I’m trying to mess around with his mind. I break the connection.

“Sorry. That was the baby. I know it feels weird. I just thought you might like to feel it too. Because …” I press the image of Bucky into his mind.

He softened, his hands stroked over mine like he was trying to reassure me that I did nothing wrong. “You loved him.”

I nodded. “I want Bucky to know the baby. He’d choose you over me, but I still …” I shook my head. “It’s a piece of both of us.”

He didn’t say anything for a moment. “I’m glad he had you. The thought of him being alone for all those years …” He trailed off.

“Even without me, he had you. It was all dreams anyway. I think I just made it worse for him.”

Steve smiled at me. It was sad, but in his head, he felt happy. Happy his friend had kept the thought of them together close all these years. “Come on. Let me introduce you to the others.”

// NEXT

[mz-hide]

Mowing the Lawn - Chapter 3

Aka: a Dragon Ball Z AU slash fic.

Chapter 3

May I interest you in some morning after shenanigans?

Summary: Mowing the lawn (in almost every sense of the term). Goku and Vegeta have a secret relationship. Turles has a cute dealer and needs someone to smoke his pot with. Raditz thinks the only thing hotter than the weather is his moms’ new lawnmower boy. Ships & Pairings: Son Goku/Vegeta, Raditz & Turles, Raditz/Turles, Gine/Seripa | Fasha, Bardock/Toma, Bulma Briefs/Yamcha, Brolly/Raditz, Brolly/Turles, Daiz/Turles, Daiz/Raditz/Turles, Bardock/Turles, Bardock/Toma/Turles         Contains: Gay Sex, Established Relationship, Casual Sex, Fuckbuddies, Recreational Drug Use, Alcohol, Blow Jobs, Secret Relationship, Everyone Is Gay, Alternate UniverseAlternate Universe - Human, Threesome - M/M/M, Threesome, seducing the pool boy, Dirty Talk, Smoking, Explicit Sexual Content, Resolved Sexual Tension, Open Relationships, Open Marriage, Age Difference, Sexual Roleplay, Friends With Benefits, Sexcapades, masturbation      

You can find the rest on my AO3 page (username: originalmonkeyhydes)

Yamcha had foul breath and wore the same smelly clothes from the night before. Nevertheless, there was a spring in his step when he made his way back to the hotel the next morning. He’d had a wonderful time the night before. Bulma was the kind of girl that made it hard for him to believe his luck every time she invited him into her bed. He had all but forgotten he hadn’t been the one winning the medal and the prize money at the tournament. He idly wondered how his room mate had celebrated his victory, after the unannounced meeting of the night before. If a fight had broken out, he would have heard something about it from Krillin or master Roshi. Surely, his friend handn’t just gone straight to bed. Even after so many years of acquaintance, Goku was still somewhat unreadable to him. If Yamcha had to guess, Goku had probably wondered off to look for some cheap thrill -or rather, what his version of a thrill was- most likely a place that served food late at night, because that’s what Goku did when he was in a good mood. He was somewhat of a hedonist in that way… As the elevator doors opened on his floor, however, the trail of his thoughts was interrupted. Yamcha couldn’t help but stare at the disheveled beauty that hurried past him to catch the elevator. His bewildered eyes followed her, duly noting her embarrassed, shifting gaze, the way her hair stuck to the back of her head, how the dress she wore and the high-heeled shoes that dangled from her hand didn’t suit the time of the day. Only when the girl’s eyes met his, he averted his prying stare. He was by no means an expert, but he knew enough to know what a walk of shame looked like. Then the elevator door closed and the vision disappeared. Yamcha didn’t quite know what exactly had clicked into his mind -maybe it was because the girl was dark and fiery-eyed- but he suddenly suspected he knew what door she’d come out from. Pursing his lips, he opened the door to his room. What he saw, seemed to confirm his suspicions. His side of the room was just as he’d left it. Goku’s side however… “Well… Who would have thought!”, Yamcha whistled, impressed, smirking from ear to ear. “Seems like Goku is not as innocent as he would have all of us think!” Beer cans were scattered here and there on he floor. The sheets on Goku’s bed were crumpled, the pillows in disarray and the scent wafting weakly off of the bed erased what little room had been left for interpretation. As it should have been expected, the faint sound of running water came through from underneath the bathroom door. Yamcha knocked, calling out loudly over the noise. “Hey, Goku, It’s me. I just came back to pack my bag. But I still have to get some stuff from the bathroom.” “Uhhhh… Can it w- uh… can it wait?” That made Yamcha smirk even wider. The alarm in his friend’s tone was proof enough to confirm his suspicions once and for all. Goku had never been shy about his nudity. He must have been in pretty rough shape… But the man had also just won a martial arts tournament, so Yamcha thought it wise to let his hand draw away from the door handle. The teasing would have had to wait. “Sure. Just make sure to bring my stuff down”, he let him know on his way out, showing his back over his shoulder, “We’re all meeting up in the lobby later. Check out is in thirty minutes. Don’t forget!” He left the room as merrily as he’d walked in. He couldn’t wait to tell Bulma what he’d just found out. Inside the bathroom, Goku was standing still under running water, pricking his ears. “I think he’s gone”, he finally let out in a sigh. “Good”, his lover hissed, irritated. The tiles of the hotel shower were hard on his knees. “Let’s make these thirty minutes count.” Goku stifled a groan. Vegeta's head had promptly sunk down and the two of them had resumed where they’d left off. Lucky circumstance indeed, that Goku hadn’t wanted to shower the night before, or Yamcha would have walked in on his friend writhing against his rival’s generous mouth.

“You know, waiting you directly at the train station like we’d agreed would have saved me a lot of trouble. What is so exciting that you wanted me to come all the way here for?”, Bulma complained, fanning herself with a hand. She’d received a cryptic text from Yamcha, summoning her to the hotel where he was staying quite urgently. He’d refused to tell her why. She’d had to walk quite fast to get there in time. The effects of her morning showers had already been defeated by the heat and the rush. Instead of smelling like her delicate, lily-of-the-valley shower gel, she was now sweaty, sticky and slightly out of breath -and patience, at the sight of her boyfriend looking childishly expectant when he saw her. “So, where’s the fire?”, she inquired, already unimpressed by the seeming lack of anything remotely interesting happening in the hotel lobby. “No fire. At least, not now. But some sparks definitely flew yesterday night”, Yamcha reported, leaning close, animated and conspirational like a teenage girl over some saucy gossip. For some reason, he looked and sounded very proud of himself. “Gosh, Yamaha, is this about last night? You know I was there, right? You better not had me come here just to-” “No no no, this is something better! Er- even better!”, he corrected himself, after catching his girlfriend’s glare. “How so?” “I saw the hottest chick when I was coming back to my room this morning. I swear, she was a vision. All ruffled and dark-haired and she had the skimpiest dress and a great pair of- Ouch!” “What part of this nonsense is supposed not to make me want to rip your face off, exactly?”, Bulma inquired in a venomous hiss, as she yanked her boyfriend by the ear, quite harshly, “Ugh, and you smell too! Weren’t you supposed to have plenty of time to shower?” “I was getting there!”, Yamcha complained, clasping his abused earlobe, “You see, this girl, she clearly looked like she had some fun the night before, right? And she got on the elevator on our floor. And, then, when I got to our room Goku was in the shower.” He paused, theatrically, waiting for a reaction. “… And?” Bulma wasn’t sure she’d understood where her boyfriend was trying to go with that absurd revelation. “Don’t you get it? Our good ol’ friend got lucky last night! With some stranger hottie!” Bulma seemed to consider the scenario for a moment. “That might not mean anything. Maybe she came from another room.” “Maybe. Maybe the mess on Goku’s sheets was just mayo, then. A whole jar of it-” “Ewww. Too much information!”, Bulma grimaced, swatting the air before her eyes as if to disperse the disturbing visual that had just been conjured up in her mind. “You see my point now? Goku definitely scored last night.” “Why on earth did you think I needed to know that? Or call me all the way here, for that matter.” “So that we could both be here for this moment.” “And what moment would that be?” “Oh, you know. It’s a very special moment in a boy’s life…” “Oh, please! This is not his first time.” Bulma’s remark sounded just a touch too knowing for Yamcha’s taste. This time it was his turn to frown. “Just what makes you sound so sure about it?” He’d always known Bulma had had a crush on their mutual friend. It had gone unspoken, but it had been clear as day for years. Bulma was the kind of girl who’s very open with her feelings and very direct with what she wants. Uncharacteristically, she’d never really come on to Goku -probably because she saw him  more as a little brother than anything else- but she’d never bothered to hide the way she looked at him, at times, when she felt significantly less sisterly towards him. Goku being younger, buffer and stronger than him, this crush of hers, albeit insignificant, never failed to make Yamcha feel insecure and, consequently, jealous. “Get your mind out of the gutter, stupid, it wasn’t me!”, Bulma retorted, returning the indignant frown, “I just happen to know some things.” “And you never thought to share this knowledge? I thought he was a virgin all this time”, Yamcha carried on, his sensibilities now upset by her secrecy. “Would that have been important to know, for your friendship? That he isn’t a virgin?” Bulma was visibly annoyed. That was yet another sore spot in Yamcha’s pride, and a strain their relationship: Bulma had been Yamcha’s first, but not the other way round. “Well, no- not really, I’m just saying…” “I swear I will never get you boys and your inferior logic”, Bulma sighed, rolling her eyes. In that moment, Master Roshi made his appearance, looking a lot merrier than someone who should be suffering quite a grandiose hangover. “Morning, lovebirds! Had fun last night?”, he inquired, eyeing the young couple ever so significantly. Bulma scoffed, turning her head the other way. She found herself wondering why she still hung around that old sleaze. “Master, I absolutely need to tell you about this chick I saw last night on the elevator”, Yamcha approached his master, grateful for the distraction and hopeful that he of all people would have been positively receptive of his story. He was halfway through describing said chick when Goku finally got down to the lobby. Yamcha turned to him as soon as he caught a glimpse of his signature orange sweater, ready to grill him about every raunchy detail with a toothy grin on his lips… A grin that died as soon as he laid eyes on the shorter, darker figure that walked behind him. “Hey guys, sorry I’m late!”, the young man greeted them as if there was nothing unusual about the situation, “Here, Yamcha, this is the stuff you left in the bathroom.” “Thanks, man”, he replied, drily. He eyed Bulma and saw his same confusion reflecting on her features. “We’re off to the station now. We’re running a bit late and Bulma has to buy her ticket, so…” “Oh, don’t worry, she can have mine”, Goku helpfully offered, fishing the piece of paper from his bag. “I won’t need it?” “Sorry, what?” The weider the situation got, the wider Yamcha’s eyes became. It was clear nobody was gonna address the elephant in the room, who was currently waiting a few steps away, burly arms crossed over the sculpted chest and an annoyed look on his face that was clearly directed at their group, despite facing in another direction. “I decided I’m not going back home just yet”, Goku said, simply, as if that explained anything at all, “I’ll see you soon at training as soon as I do come back. Have a safe trip!” “W-wait! So… where are you going?”, Yamcha stopped him as his friend started walking towards the entrance. “Dunno”, was the disarming -yet, frankly, not unexpected- reply. Equally disarming and less expected, was the expectant look the young man shot behind his shoulder. “To get breakfast”, the older man informed, heading for the entrance himself, “Before you get whiny.” “How does he know that about Goku? Since where those two hang out together without breaking each other's bones?”, Bulma whispered in her boyfriend’s ear, staring at the odd couple as they walked off together. Yamcha slowly shook his head. He’d barely registered what his girlfriend had said. His mind was too busy processing the stinging feeling that his nose had picked up a hint of the same pine-tree shower gel wafting off both men. Or maybe it had just been his imagination. “You don’t think they got into a fight?”, Bulma continued, “I thought I saw some bruises on Vegeta.” “Maybe. Or maybe he was the one that got lucky last night”, Yamcha wondered out loud, trying to remember seeing the man in their hotel at any point during their stay. “With the dark-haired hottie from last night you were telling me about earlier?”, Master Roshi butted in, “Like hell he did!” “What makes you so sure?” “Because I did.” “What?”, Bulma let out, slightly horrified. “How?”, Yamcha asked, not unimpressed, despite himself, “Goku and I were with you all evening and walked you to the hotel!” “Picked her up at the hotel bar. Took only a couple extra drinks too”, the old man gloated, toddling proudly ahead of them, “This old grandpa still got it!”